/* Optimize by combining instructions for GNU compiler.
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
- 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-02111-1307, USA. */
+Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+02110-1301, USA. */
/* This module is essentially the "combiner" phase of the U. of Arizona
Portable Optimizer, but redone to work on our list-structured
flow.c aren't completely updated:
- reg_live_length is not updated
+ - reg_n_refs is not adjusted in the rare case when a register is
+ no longer required in a computation
+ - there are extremely rare cases (see distribute_notes) when a
+ REG_DEAD note is lost
- a LOG_LINKS entry that refers to an insn with multiple SETs may be
removed because there is no way to know which register it was
linking
#include "coretypes.h"
#include "tm.h"
#include "rtl.h"
+#include "tree.h"
#include "tm_p.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "regs.h"
#include "recog.h"
#include "real.h"
#include "toplev.h"
-
-/* It is not safe to use ordinary gen_lowpart in combine.
- Use gen_lowpart_for_combine instead. See comments there. */
-#define gen_lowpart dont_use_gen_lowpart_you_dummy
+#include "target.h"
+#include "optabs.h"
+#include "insn-codes.h"
+#include "rtlhooks-def.h"
+/* Include output.h for dump_file. */
+#include "output.h"
+#include "params.h"
+#include "timevar.h"
+#include "tree-pass.h"
/* Number of attempts to combine instructions in this function. */
static int total_attempts, total_merges, total_extras, total_successes;
+/* Sometimes combine tries to replace the right hand side of an insn
+ with the value of a REG_EQUAL note. This is the insn that has been
+ so modified, or null if none. */
+
+static rtx replaced_rhs_insn;
+
+/* When REPLACED_RHS_INSN is nonnull, this is a copy of the new right
+ hand side. */
+
+static rtx replaced_rhs_value;
\f
/* Vector mapping INSN_UIDs to cuids.
The cuids are like uids but increase monotonically always.
#define INSN_CUID(INSN) \
(INSN_UID (INSN) > max_uid_cuid ? insn_cuid (INSN) : uid_cuid[INSN_UID (INSN)])
-/* In case BITS_PER_WORD == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, shifting by
- BITS_PER_WORD would invoke undefined behavior. Work around it. */
+/* Maximum register number, which is the size of the tables below. */
-#define UWIDE_SHIFT_LEFT_BY_BITS_PER_WORD(val) \
- (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (val) << (BITS_PER_WORD - 1)) << 1)
+static unsigned int combine_max_regno;
-#define nonzero_bits(X, M) \
- cached_nonzero_bits (X, M, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0)
+struct reg_stat {
+ /* Record last point of death of (hard or pseudo) register n. */
+ rtx last_death;
-#define num_sign_bit_copies(X, M) \
- cached_num_sign_bit_copies (X, M, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0)
+ /* Record last point of modification of (hard or pseudo) register n. */
+ rtx last_set;
-/* Maximum register number, which is the size of the tables below. */
+ /* The next group of fields allows the recording of the last value assigned
+ to (hard or pseudo) register n. We use this information to see if an
+ operation being processed is redundant given a prior operation performed
+ on the register. For example, an `and' with a constant is redundant if
+ all the zero bits are already known to be turned off.
-static unsigned int combine_max_regno;
+ We use an approach similar to that used by cse, but change it in the
+ following ways:
+
+ (1) We do not want to reinitialize at each label.
+ (2) It is useful, but not critical, to know the actual value assigned
+ to a register. Often just its form is helpful.
+
+ Therefore, we maintain the following fields:
+
+ last_set_value the last value assigned
+ last_set_label records the value of label_tick when the
+ register was assigned
+ last_set_table_tick records the value of label_tick when a
+ value using the register is assigned
+ last_set_invalid set to nonzero when it is not valid
+ to use the value of this register in some
+ register's value
+
+ To understand the usage of these tables, it is important to understand
+ the distinction between the value in last_set_value being valid and
+ the register being validly contained in some other expression in the
+ table.
+
+ (The next two parameters are out of date).
+
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_value is valid if it is nonzero, and either
+ reg_n_sets[i] is 1 or reg_stat[i].last_set_label == label_tick.
+
+ Register I may validly appear in any expression returned for the value
+ of another register if reg_n_sets[i] is 1. It may also appear in the
+ value for register J if reg_stat[j].last_set_invalid is zero, or
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_label < reg_stat[j].last_set_label.
+
+ If an expression is found in the table containing a register which may
+ not validly appear in an expression, the register is replaced by
+ something that won't match, (clobber (const_int 0)). */
+
+ /* Record last value assigned to (hard or pseudo) register n. */
+
+ rtx last_set_value;
+
+ /* Record the value of label_tick when an expression involving register n
+ is placed in last_set_value. */
+
+ int last_set_table_tick;
+
+ /* Record the value of label_tick when the value for register n is placed in
+ last_set_value. */
+
+ int last_set_label;
+
+ /* These fields are maintained in parallel with last_set_value and are
+ used to store the mode in which the register was last set, the bits
+ that were known to be zero when it was last set, and the number of
+ sign bits copies it was known to have when it was last set. */
+
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT last_set_nonzero_bits;
+ char last_set_sign_bit_copies;
+ ENUM_BITFIELD(machine_mode) last_set_mode : 8;
+
+ /* Set nonzero if references to register n in expressions should not be
+ used. last_set_invalid is set nonzero when this register is being
+ assigned to and last_set_table_tick == label_tick. */
+
+ char last_set_invalid;
+
+ /* Some registers that are set more than once and used in more than one
+ basic block are nevertheless always set in similar ways. For example,
+ a QImode register may be loaded from memory in two places on a machine
+ where byte loads zero extend.
-/* Record last point of death of (hard or pseudo) register n. */
+ We record in the following fields if a register has some leading bits
+ that are always equal to the sign bit, and what we know about the
+ nonzero bits of a register, specifically which bits are known to be
+ zero.
-static rtx *reg_last_death;
+ If an entry is zero, it means that we don't know anything special. */
-/* Record last point of modification of (hard or pseudo) register n. */
+ unsigned char sign_bit_copies;
-static rtx *reg_last_set;
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero_bits;
+
+ /* Record the value of the label_tick when the last truncation
+ happened. The field truncated_to_mode is only valid if
+ truncation_label == label_tick. */
+
+ int truncation_label;
+
+ /* Record the last truncation seen for this register. If truncation
+ is not a nop to this mode we might be able to save an explicit
+ truncation if we know that value already contains a truncated
+ value. */
+
+ ENUM_BITFIELD(machine_mode) truncated_to_mode : 8;
+};
+
+static struct reg_stat *reg_stat;
/* Record the cuid of the last insn that invalidated memory
(anything that writes memory, and subroutine calls, but not pushes). */
those blocks as starting points. */
static sbitmap refresh_blocks;
\f
-/* The next group of arrays allows the recording of the last value assigned
- to (hard or pseudo) register n. We use this information to see if an
- operation being processed is redundant given a prior operation performed
- on the register. For example, an `and' with a constant is redundant if
- all the zero bits are already known to be turned off.
-
- We use an approach similar to that used by cse, but change it in the
- following ways:
-
- (1) We do not want to reinitialize at each label.
- (2) It is useful, but not critical, to know the actual value assigned
- to a register. Often just its form is helpful.
-
- Therefore, we maintain the following arrays:
-
- reg_last_set_value the last value assigned
- reg_last_set_label records the value of label_tick when the
- register was assigned
- reg_last_set_table_tick records the value of label_tick when a
- value using the register is assigned
- reg_last_set_invalid set to nonzero when it is not valid
- to use the value of this register in some
- register's value
-
- To understand the usage of these tables, it is important to understand
- the distinction between the value in reg_last_set_value being valid
- and the register being validly contained in some other expression in the
- table.
-
- Entry I in reg_last_set_value is valid if it is nonzero, and either
- reg_n_sets[i] is 1 or reg_last_set_label[i] == label_tick.
+/* The following array records the insn_rtx_cost for every insn
+ in the instruction stream. */
- Register I may validly appear in any expression returned for the value
- of another register if reg_n_sets[i] is 1. It may also appear in the
- value for register J if reg_last_set_label[i] < reg_last_set_label[j] or
- reg_last_set_invalid[j] is zero.
+static int *uid_insn_cost;
- If an expression is found in the table containing a register which may
- not validly appear in an expression, the register is replaced by
- something that won't match, (clobber (const_int 0)).
+/* Length of the currently allocated uid_insn_cost array. */
- reg_last_set_invalid[i] is set nonzero when register I is being assigned
- to and reg_last_set_table_tick[i] == label_tick. */
-
-/* Record last value assigned to (hard or pseudo) register n. */
-
-static rtx *reg_last_set_value;
-
-/* Record the value of label_tick when the value for register n is placed in
- reg_last_set_value[n]. */
-
-static int *reg_last_set_label;
-
-/* Record the value of label_tick when an expression involving register n
- is placed in reg_last_set_value. */
-
-static int *reg_last_set_table_tick;
-
-/* Set nonzero if references to register n in expressions should not be
- used. */
-
-static char *reg_last_set_invalid;
+static int last_insn_cost;
/* Incremented for each label. */
static int label_tick;
-/* Some registers that are set more than once and used in more than one
- basic block are nevertheless always set in similar ways. For example,
- a QImode register may be loaded from memory in two places on a machine
- where byte loads zero extend.
-
- We record in the following array what we know about the nonzero
- bits of a register, specifically which bits are known to be zero.
-
- If an entry is zero, it means that we don't know anything special. */
-
-static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *reg_nonzero_bits;
-
-/* Mode used to compute significance in reg_nonzero_bits. It is the largest
- integer mode that can fit in HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
+/* Mode used to compute significance in reg_stat[].nonzero_bits. It is the
+ largest integer mode that can fit in HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
static enum machine_mode nonzero_bits_mode;
-/* Nonzero if we know that a register has some leading bits that are always
- equal to the sign bit. */
-
-static unsigned char *reg_sign_bit_copies;
-
-/* Nonzero when reg_nonzero_bits and reg_sign_bit_copies can be safely used.
- It is zero while computing them and after combine has completed. This
- former test prevents propagating values based on previously set values,
- which can be incorrect if a variable is modified in a loop. */
+/* Nonzero when reg_stat[].nonzero_bits and reg_stat[].sign_bit_copies can
+ be safely used. It is zero while computing them and after combine has
+ completed. This former test prevents propagating values based on
+ previously set values, which can be incorrect if a variable is modified
+ in a loop. */
static int nonzero_sign_valid;
-/* These arrays are maintained in parallel with reg_last_set_value
- and are used to store the mode in which the register was last set,
- the bits that were known to be zero when it was last set, and the
- number of sign bits copies it was known to have when it was last set. */
-
-static enum machine_mode *reg_last_set_mode;
-static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *reg_last_set_nonzero_bits;
-static char *reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies;
\f
/* Record one modification to rtl structure
- to be undone by storing old_contents into *where.
- is_int is 1 if the contents are an int. */
+ to be undone by storing old_contents into *where. */
struct undo
{
struct undo *next;
- int is_int;
- union {rtx r; int i;} old_contents;
- union {rtx *r; int *i;} where;
+ enum { UNDO_RTX, UNDO_INT, UNDO_MODE } kind;
+ union { rtx r; int i; enum machine_mode m; } old_contents;
+ union { rtx *r; int *i; } where;
};
/* Record a bunch of changes to be undone, up to MAX_UNDO of them.
static int n_occurrences;
+static rtx reg_nonzero_bits_for_combine (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx,
+ enum machine_mode,
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *);
+static rtx reg_num_sign_bit_copies_for_combine (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx,
+ enum machine_mode,
+ unsigned int, unsigned int *);
static void do_SUBST (rtx *, rtx);
static void do_SUBST_INT (int *, int);
-static void init_reg_last_arrays (void);
+static void init_reg_last (void);
static void setup_incoming_promotions (void);
static void set_nonzero_bits_and_sign_copies (rtx, rtx, void *);
static int cant_combine_insn_p (rtx);
static int can_combine_p (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *);
-static int sets_function_arg_p (rtx);
static int combinable_i3pat (rtx, rtx *, rtx, rtx, int, rtx *);
static int contains_muldiv (rtx);
static rtx try_combine (rtx, rtx, rtx, int *);
static void undo_commit (void);
static rtx *find_split_point (rtx *, rtx);
static rtx subst (rtx, rtx, rtx, int, int);
-static rtx combine_simplify_rtx (rtx, enum machine_mode, int, int);
+static rtx combine_simplify_rtx (rtx, enum machine_mode, int);
static rtx simplify_if_then_else (rtx);
static rtx simplify_set (rtx);
-static rtx simplify_logical (rtx, int);
+static rtx simplify_logical (rtx);
static rtx expand_compound_operation (rtx);
static rtx expand_field_assignment (rtx);
static rtx make_extraction (enum machine_mode, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
static rtx make_compound_operation (rtx, enum rtx_code);
static int get_pos_from_mask (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *);
+static rtx canon_reg_for_combine (rtx, rtx);
static rtx force_to_mode (rtx, enum machine_mode,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx, int);
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int);
static rtx if_then_else_cond (rtx, rtx *, rtx *);
static rtx known_cond (rtx, enum rtx_code, rtx, rtx);
static int rtx_equal_for_field_assignment_p (rtx, rtx);
static rtx make_field_assignment (rtx);
static rtx apply_distributive_law (rtx);
+static rtx distribute_and_simplify_rtx (rtx, int);
+static rtx simplify_and_const_int_1 (enum machine_mode, rtx,
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
static rtx simplify_and_const_int (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx,
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cached_nonzero_bits (rtx, enum machine_mode,
- rtx, enum machine_mode,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero_bits1 (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx,
- enum machine_mode,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static unsigned int cached_num_sign_bit_copies (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx,
- enum machine_mode,
- unsigned int);
-static unsigned int num_sign_bit_copies1 (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx,
- enum machine_mode, unsigned int);
static int merge_outer_ops (enum rtx_code *, HOST_WIDE_INT *, enum rtx_code,
HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode, int *);
-static rtx simplify_shift_const (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx,
+static rtx simplify_shift_const_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx, int);
+static rtx simplify_shift_const (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx,
int);
static int recog_for_combine (rtx *, rtx, rtx *);
static rtx gen_lowpart_for_combine (enum machine_mode, rtx);
-static rtx gen_binary (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
static enum rtx_code simplify_comparison (enum rtx_code, rtx *, rtx *);
static void update_table_tick (rtx);
static void record_value_for_reg (rtx, rtx, rtx);
-static void check_promoted_subreg (rtx, rtx);
+static void check_conversions (rtx, rtx);
static void record_dead_and_set_regs_1 (rtx, rtx, void *);
static void record_dead_and_set_regs (rtx);
static int get_last_value_validate (rtx *, rtx, int, int);
static int reg_dead_at_p (rtx, rtx);
static void move_deaths (rtx, rtx, int, rtx, rtx *);
static int reg_bitfield_target_p (rtx, rtx);
-static void distribute_notes (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
+static void distribute_notes (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
static void distribute_links (rtx);
static void mark_used_regs_combine (rtx);
static int insn_cuid (rtx);
static void record_promoted_value (rtx, rtx);
-static rtx reversed_comparison (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
-static enum rtx_code combine_reversed_comparison_code (rtx);
+static int unmentioned_reg_p_1 (rtx *, void *);
+static bool unmentioned_reg_p (rtx, rtx);
+static void record_truncated_value (rtx);
+static bool reg_truncated_to_mode (enum machine_mode, rtx);
+static rtx gen_lowpart_or_truncate (enum machine_mode, rtx);
+\f
+
+/* It is not safe to use ordinary gen_lowpart in combine.
+ See comments in gen_lowpart_for_combine. */
+#undef RTL_HOOKS_GEN_LOWPART
+#define RTL_HOOKS_GEN_LOWPART gen_lowpart_for_combine
+
+/* Our implementation of gen_lowpart never emits a new pseudo. */
+#undef RTL_HOOKS_GEN_LOWPART_NO_EMIT
+#define RTL_HOOKS_GEN_LOWPART_NO_EMIT gen_lowpart_for_combine
+
+#undef RTL_HOOKS_REG_NONZERO_REG_BITS
+#define RTL_HOOKS_REG_NONZERO_REG_BITS reg_nonzero_bits_for_combine
+
+#undef RTL_HOOKS_REG_NUM_SIGN_BIT_COPIES
+#define RTL_HOOKS_REG_NUM_SIGN_BIT_COPIES reg_num_sign_bit_copies_for_combine
+
+#undef RTL_HOOKS_REG_TRUNCATED_TO_MODE
+#define RTL_HOOKS_REG_TRUNCATED_TO_MODE reg_truncated_to_mode
+
+static const struct rtl_hooks combine_rtl_hooks = RTL_HOOKS_INITIALIZER;
+
\f
/* Substitute NEWVAL, an rtx expression, into INTO, a place in some
insn. The substitution can be undone by undo_all. If INTO is already
{
/* Sanity check that we're replacing oldval with a CONST_INT
that is a valid sign-extension for the original mode. */
- if (INTVAL (newval) != trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (newval),
- GET_MODE (oldval)))
- abort ();
+ gcc_assert (INTVAL (newval)
+ == trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (newval), GET_MODE (oldval)));
/* Replacing the operand of a SUBREG or a ZERO_EXTEND with a
CONST_INT is not valid, because after the replacement, the
when do_SUBST is called to replace the operand thereof, so we
perform this test on oldval instead, checking whether an
invalid replacement took place before we got here. */
- if ((GET_CODE (oldval) == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (oldval)) == CONST_INT)
- || (GET_CODE (oldval) == ZERO_EXTEND
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (oldval, 0)) == CONST_INT))
- abort ();
+ gcc_assert (!(GET_CODE (oldval) == SUBREG
+ && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (oldval)) == CONST_INT));
+ gcc_assert (!(GET_CODE (oldval) == ZERO_EXTEND
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (oldval, 0)) == CONST_INT));
}
if (undobuf.frees)
buf = undobuf.frees, undobuf.frees = buf->next;
else
- buf = (struct undo *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct undo));
+ buf = XNEW (struct undo);
- buf->is_int = 0;
+ buf->kind = UNDO_RTX;
buf->where.r = into;
buf->old_contents.r = oldval;
*into = newval;
if (undobuf.frees)
buf = undobuf.frees, undobuf.frees = buf->next;
else
- buf = (struct undo *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct undo));
+ buf = XNEW (struct undo);
- buf->is_int = 1;
+ buf->kind = UNDO_INT;
buf->where.i = into;
buf->old_contents.i = oldval;
*into = newval;
}
#define SUBST_INT(INTO, NEWVAL) do_SUBST_INT(&(INTO), (NEWVAL))
+
+/* Similar to SUBST, but just substitute the mode. This is used when
+ changing the mode of a pseudo-register, so that any other
+ references to the entry in the regno_reg_rtx array will change as
+ well. */
+
+static void
+do_SUBST_MODE (rtx *into, enum machine_mode newval)
+{
+ struct undo *buf;
+ enum machine_mode oldval = GET_MODE (*into);
+
+ if (oldval == newval)
+ return;
+
+ if (undobuf.frees)
+ buf = undobuf.frees, undobuf.frees = buf->next;
+ else
+ buf = XNEW (struct undo);
+
+ buf->kind = UNDO_MODE;
+ buf->where.r = into;
+ buf->old_contents.m = oldval;
+ PUT_MODE (*into, newval);
+
+ buf->next = undobuf.undos, undobuf.undos = buf;
+}
+
+#define SUBST_MODE(INTO, NEWVAL) do_SUBST_MODE(&(INTO), (NEWVAL))
+\f
+/* Subroutine of try_combine. Determine whether the combine replacement
+ patterns NEWPAT and NEWI2PAT are cheaper according to insn_rtx_cost
+ that the original instruction sequence I1, I2 and I3. Note that I1
+ and/or NEWI2PAT may be NULL_RTX. This function returns false, if the
+ costs of all instructions can be estimated, and the replacements are
+ more expensive than the original sequence. */
+
+static bool
+combine_validate_cost (rtx i1, rtx i2, rtx i3, rtx newpat, rtx newi2pat)
+{
+ int i1_cost, i2_cost, i3_cost;
+ int new_i2_cost, new_i3_cost;
+ int old_cost, new_cost;
+
+ /* Lookup the original insn_rtx_costs. */
+ i2_cost = INSN_UID (i2) <= last_insn_cost
+ ? uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (i2)] : 0;
+ i3_cost = INSN_UID (i3) <= last_insn_cost
+ ? uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (i3)] : 0;
+
+ if (i1)
+ {
+ i1_cost = INSN_UID (i1) <= last_insn_cost
+ ? uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (i1)] : 0;
+ old_cost = (i1_cost > 0 && i2_cost > 0 && i3_cost > 0)
+ ? i1_cost + i2_cost + i3_cost : 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ old_cost = (i2_cost > 0 && i3_cost > 0) ? i2_cost + i3_cost : 0;
+ i1_cost = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Calculate the replacement insn_rtx_costs. */
+ new_i3_cost = insn_rtx_cost (newpat);
+ if (newi2pat)
+ {
+ new_i2_cost = insn_rtx_cost (newi2pat);
+ new_cost = (new_i2_cost > 0 && new_i3_cost > 0)
+ ? new_i2_cost + new_i3_cost : 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new_cost = new_i3_cost;
+ new_i2_cost = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (undobuf.other_insn)
+ {
+ int old_other_cost, new_other_cost;
+
+ old_other_cost = (INSN_UID (undobuf.other_insn) <= last_insn_cost
+ ? uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (undobuf.other_insn)] : 0);
+ new_other_cost = insn_rtx_cost (PATTERN (undobuf.other_insn));
+ if (old_other_cost > 0 && new_other_cost > 0)
+ {
+ old_cost += old_other_cost;
+ new_cost += new_other_cost;
+ }
+ else
+ old_cost = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Disallow this recombination if both new_cost and old_cost are
+ greater than zero, and new_cost is greater than old cost. */
+ if (old_cost > 0
+ && new_cost > old_cost)
+ {
+ if (dump_file)
+ {
+ if (i1)
+ {
+ fprintf (dump_file,
+ "rejecting combination of insns %d, %d and %d\n",
+ INSN_UID (i1), INSN_UID (i2), INSN_UID (i3));
+ fprintf (dump_file, "original costs %d + %d + %d = %d\n",
+ i1_cost, i2_cost, i3_cost, old_cost);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fprintf (dump_file,
+ "rejecting combination of insns %d and %d\n",
+ INSN_UID (i2), INSN_UID (i3));
+ fprintf (dump_file, "original costs %d + %d = %d\n",
+ i2_cost, i3_cost, old_cost);
+ }
+
+ if (newi2pat)
+ {
+ fprintf (dump_file, "replacement costs %d + %d = %d\n",
+ new_i2_cost, new_i3_cost, new_cost);
+ }
+ else
+ fprintf (dump_file, "replacement cost %d\n", new_cost);
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the uid_insn_cost array with the replacement costs. */
+ uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (i2)] = new_i2_cost;
+ uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (i3)] = new_i3_cost;
+ if (i1)
+ uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (i1)] = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
\f
/* Main entry point for combiner. F is the first insn of the function.
NREGS is the first unused pseudo-reg number.
Return nonzero if the combiner has turned an indirect jump
instruction into a direct jump. */
-int
+static int
combine_instructions (rtx f, unsigned int nregs)
{
rtx insn, next;
rtx prev;
#endif
int i;
+ unsigned int j = 0;
rtx links, nextlinks;
+ sbitmap_iterator sbi;
int new_direct_jump_p = 0;
combine_max_regno = nregs;
- reg_nonzero_bits = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *)
- xcalloc (nregs, sizeof (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)));
- reg_sign_bit_copies
- = (unsigned char *) xcalloc (nregs, sizeof (unsigned char));
-
- reg_last_death = (rtx *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
- reg_last_set = (rtx *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
- reg_last_set_value = (rtx *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
- reg_last_set_table_tick = (int *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (int));
- reg_last_set_label = (int *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (int));
- reg_last_set_invalid = (char *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (char));
- reg_last_set_mode
- = (enum machine_mode *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (enum machine_mode));
- reg_last_set_nonzero_bits
- = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
- reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies
- = (char *) xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (char));
-
- init_reg_last_arrays ();
+ rtl_hooks = combine_rtl_hooks;
+
+ reg_stat = XCNEWVEC (struct reg_stat, nregs);
init_recog_no_volatile ();
if (INSN_UID (insn) > i)
i = INSN_UID (insn);
- uid_cuid = (int *) xmalloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (int));
+ uid_cuid = XNEWVEC (int, i + 1);
max_uid_cuid = i;
nonzero_bits_mode = mode_for_size (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, MODE_INT, 0);
- /* Don't use reg_nonzero_bits when computing it. This can cause problems
- when, for example, we have j <<= 1 in a loop. */
+ /* Don't use reg_stat[].nonzero_bits when computing it. This can cause
+ problems when, for example, we have j <<= 1 in a loop. */
nonzero_sign_valid = 0;
refresh_blocks = sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block);
sbitmap_zero (refresh_blocks);
+ /* Allocate array of current insn_rtx_costs. */
+ uid_insn_cost = XCNEWVEC (int, max_uid_cuid + 1);
+ last_insn_cost = max_uid_cuid;
+
for (insn = f, i = 0; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
{
uid_cuid[INSN_UID (insn)] = ++i;
set_nonzero_bits_and_sign_copies (XEXP (links, 0), NULL_RTX,
NULL);
#endif
+
+ /* Record the current insn_rtx_cost of this instruction. */
+ if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn))
+ uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (insn)] = insn_rtx_cost (PATTERN (insn));
+ if (dump_file)
+ fprintf(dump_file, "insn_cost %d: %d\n",
+ INSN_UID (insn), uid_insn_cost[INSN_UID (insn)]);
}
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
+ if (LABEL_P (insn))
label_tick++;
}
label_tick = 1;
last_call_cuid = 0;
mem_last_set = 0;
- init_reg_last_arrays ();
+ init_reg_last ();
setup_incoming_promotions ();
FOR_EACH_BB (this_basic_block)
{
- for (insn = this_basic_block->head;
- insn != NEXT_INSN (this_basic_block->end);
+ for (insn = BB_HEAD (this_basic_block);
+ insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (this_basic_block));
insn = next ? next : NEXT_INSN (insn))
{
next = 0;
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
+ if (LABEL_P (insn))
label_tick++;
else if (INSN_P (insn))
{
/* See if we know about function return values before this
insn based upon SUBREG flags. */
- check_promoted_subreg (insn, PATTERN (insn));
+ check_conversions (insn, PATTERN (insn));
/* Try this insn with each insn it links back to. */
/* If the linked insn has been replaced by a note, then there
is no point in pursuing this chain any further. */
- if (GET_CODE (link) == NOTE)
+ if (NOTE_P (link))
continue;
for (nextlinks = LOG_LINKS (link);
We need this special code because data flow connections
via CC0 do not get entered in LOG_LINKS. */
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
+ if (JUMP_P (insn)
&& (prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn)) != 0
- && GET_CODE (prev) == INSN
+ && NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev)
&& sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (prev)))
{
if ((next = try_combine (insn, prev,
}
/* Do the same for an insn that explicitly references CC0. */
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
+ if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn)
&& (prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn)) != 0
- && GET_CODE (prev) == INSN
+ && NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev)
&& sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (prev))
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
&& reg_mentioned_p (cc0_rtx, SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))))
explicitly references CC0. If so, try this insn, that insn,
and its predecessor if it sets CC0. */
for (links = LOG_LINKS (insn); links; links = XEXP (links, 1))
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (links, 0)) == INSN
+ if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (XEXP (links, 0))
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (XEXP (links, 0))) == SET
&& reg_mentioned_p (cc0_rtx, SET_SRC (PATTERN (XEXP (links, 0))))
&& (prev = prev_nonnote_insn (XEXP (links, 0))) != 0
- && GET_CODE (prev) == INSN
+ && NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev)
&& sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (prev))
&& (next = try_combine (insn, XEXP (links, 0),
prev, &new_direct_jump_p)) != 0)
&new_direct_jump_p)) != 0)
goto retry;
- if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE)
+ /* Try this insn with each REG_EQUAL note it links back to. */
+ for (links = LOG_LINKS (insn); links; links = XEXP (links, 1))
+ {
+ rtx set, note;
+ rtx temp = XEXP (links, 0);
+ if ((set = single_set (temp)) != 0
+ && (note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (temp)) != 0
+ && (note = XEXP (note, 0), GET_CODE (note)) != EXPR_LIST
+ /* Avoid using a register that may already been marked
+ dead by an earlier instruction. */
+ && ! unmentioned_reg_p (note, SET_SRC (set))
+ && (GET_MODE (note) == VOIDmode
+ ? SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)))
+ : GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)) == GET_MODE (note)))
+ {
+ /* Temporarily replace the set's source with the
+ contents of the REG_EQUAL note. The insn will
+ be deleted or recognized by try_combine. */
+ rtx orig = SET_SRC (set);
+ SET_SRC (set) = note;
+ replaced_rhs_insn = temp;
+ replaced_rhs_value = copy_rtx (note);
+ next = try_combine (insn, temp, NULL_RTX,
+ &new_direct_jump_p);
+ replaced_rhs_insn = NULL;
+ if (next)
+ goto retry;
+ SET_SRC (set) = orig;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!NOTE_P (insn))
record_dead_and_set_regs (insn);
retry:
}
clear_bb_flags ();
- EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (refresh_blocks, 0, i,
- BASIC_BLOCK (i)->flags |= BB_DIRTY);
- new_direct_jump_p |= purge_all_dead_edges (0);
- delete_noop_moves (f);
+ EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (refresh_blocks, 0, j, sbi)
+ BASIC_BLOCK (j)->flags |= BB_DIRTY;
+ new_direct_jump_p |= purge_all_dead_edges ();
+ delete_noop_moves ();
update_life_info_in_dirty_blocks (UPDATE_LIFE_GLOBAL_RM_NOTES,
PROP_DEATH_NOTES | PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE
/* Clean up. */
sbitmap_free (refresh_blocks);
- free (reg_nonzero_bits);
- free (reg_sign_bit_copies);
- free (reg_last_death);
- free (reg_last_set);
- free (reg_last_set_value);
- free (reg_last_set_table_tick);
- free (reg_last_set_label);
- free (reg_last_set_invalid);
- free (reg_last_set_mode);
- free (reg_last_set_nonzero_bits);
- free (reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies);
+ free (uid_insn_cost);
+ free (reg_stat);
free (uid_cuid);
{
total_successes += combine_successes;
nonzero_sign_valid = 0;
+ rtl_hooks = general_rtl_hooks;
/* Make recognizer allow volatile MEMs again. */
init_recog ();
return new_direct_jump_p;
}
-/* Wipe the reg_last_xxx arrays in preparation for another pass. */
+/* Wipe the last_xxx fields of reg_stat in preparation for another pass. */
static void
-init_reg_last_arrays (void)
+init_reg_last (void)
{
- unsigned int nregs = combine_max_regno;
-
- memset ((char *) reg_last_death, 0, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
- memset ((char *) reg_last_set, 0, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
- memset ((char *) reg_last_set_value, 0, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
- memset ((char *) reg_last_set_table_tick, 0, nregs * sizeof (int));
- memset ((char *) reg_last_set_label, 0, nregs * sizeof (int));
- memset (reg_last_set_invalid, 0, nregs * sizeof (char));
- memset ((char *) reg_last_set_mode, 0, nregs * sizeof (enum machine_mode));
- memset ((char *) reg_last_set_nonzero_bits, 0, nregs * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
- memset (reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies, 0, nregs * sizeof (char));
+ unsigned int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < combine_max_regno; i++)
+ memset (reg_stat + i, 0, offsetof (struct reg_stat, sign_bit_copies));
}
\f
/* Set up any promoted values for incoming argument registers. */
static void
setup_incoming_promotions (void)
{
-#ifdef PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
unsigned int regno;
rtx reg;
enum machine_mode mode;
int unsignedp;
rtx first = get_insns ();
-#ifndef OUTGOING_REGNO
-#define OUTGOING_REGNO(N) N
-#endif
- for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
- /* Check whether this register can hold an incoming pointer
- argument. FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P tests outgoing register
- numbers, so translate if necessary due to register windows. */
- if (FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (OUTGOING_REGNO (regno))
- && (reg = promoted_input_arg (regno, &mode, &unsignedp)) != 0)
- {
- record_value_for_reg
- (reg, first, gen_rtx_fmt_e ((unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND
- : SIGN_EXTEND),
- GET_MODE (reg),
- gen_rtx_CLOBBER (mode, const0_rtx)));
- }
-#endif
+ if (targetm.calls.promote_function_args (TREE_TYPE (cfun->decl)))
+ {
+ for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
+ /* Check whether this register can hold an incoming pointer
+ argument. FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P tests outgoing register
+ numbers, so translate if necessary due to register windows. */
+ if (FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (OUTGOING_REGNO (regno))
+ && (reg = promoted_input_arg (regno, &mode, &unsignedp)) != 0)
+ {
+ record_value_for_reg
+ (reg, first, gen_rtx_fmt_e ((unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND
+ : SIGN_EXTEND),
+ GET_MODE (reg),
+ gen_rtx_CLOBBER (mode, const0_rtx)));
+ }
+ }
}
\f
/* Called via note_stores. If X is a pseudo that is narrower than
{
unsigned int num;
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG
+ if (REG_P (x)
&& REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
/* If this register is undefined at the start of the file, we can't
say what its contents were. */
- && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->global_live_at_start, REGNO (x))
+ && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P
+ (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->il.rtl->global_live_at_start, REGNO (x))
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
{
if (set == 0 || GET_CODE (set) == CLOBBER)
{
- reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (x)] = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x));
- reg_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)] = 1;
+ reg_stat[REGNO (x)].nonzero_bits = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x));
+ reg_stat[REGNO (x)].sign_bit_copies = 1;
return;
}
#ifdef SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
/* If X is narrower than a word and SRC is a non-negative
constant that would appear negative in the mode of X,
- sign-extend it for use in reg_nonzero_bits because some
+ sign-extend it for use in reg_stat[].nonzero_bits because some
machines (maybe most) will actually do the sign-extension
and this is the conservative approach.
#endif
/* Don't call nonzero_bits if it cannot change anything. */
- if (reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (x)] != ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0)
- reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (x)]
+ if (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].nonzero_bits != ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0)
+ reg_stat[REGNO (x)].nonzero_bits
|= nonzero_bits (src, nonzero_bits_mode);
num = num_sign_bit_copies (SET_SRC (set), GET_MODE (x));
- if (reg_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)] == 0
- || reg_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)] > num)
- reg_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)] = num;
+ if (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].sign_bit_copies == 0
+ || reg_stat[REGNO (x)].sign_bit_copies > num)
+ reg_stat[REGNO (x)].sign_bit_copies = num;
}
else
{
- reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (x)] = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x));
- reg_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)] = 1;
+ reg_stat[REGNO (x)].nonzero_bits = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x));
+ reg_stat[REGNO (x)].sign_bit_copies = 1;
}
}
}
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0); i++)
{
rtx elt = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i);
+ rtx note;
switch (GET_CODE (elt))
{
something to tell them apart, e.g. different modes. For
now, we forgo such complicated tests and simply disallow
combining of USES of pseudo registers with any other USE. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (elt, 0)) == REG
+ if (REG_P (XEXP (elt, 0))
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (i3)) == PARALLEL)
{
rtx i3pat = PATTERN (i3);
rtx i3elt = XVECEXP (i3pat, 0, i);
if (GET_CODE (i3elt) == USE
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (i3elt, 0)) == REG
+ && REG_P (XEXP (i3elt, 0))
&& (REGNO (XEXP (i3elt, 0)) == regno
? reg_set_between_p (XEXP (elt, 0),
PREV_INSN (insn), i3)
/* Ignore SETs whose result isn't used but not those that
have side-effects. */
if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, SET_DEST (elt))
+ && (!(note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX))
+ || INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) <= 0)
&& ! side_effects_p (elt))
break;
/* Can't merge a function call. */
|| GET_CODE (src) == CALL
/* Don't eliminate a function call argument. */
- || (GET_CODE (i3) == CALL_INSN
+ || (CALL_P (i3)
&& (find_reg_fusage (i3, USE, dest)
- || (GET_CODE (dest) == REG
+ || (REG_P (dest)
&& REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& global_regs[REGNO (dest)])))
/* Don't substitute into an incremented register. */
|| FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (i3, dest)
|| (succ && FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (succ, dest))
+ /* Don't substitute into a non-local goto, this confuses CFG. */
+ || (JUMP_P (i3) && find_reg_note (i3, REG_NON_LOCAL_GOTO, NULL_RTX))
#if 0
/* Don't combine the end of a libcall into anything. */
/* ??? This gives worse code, and appears to be unnecessary, since no
does not use any registers whose values alter in between. However,
If the insns are adjacent, a use can't cross a set even though we
think it might (this can happen for a sequence of insns each setting
- the same destination; reg_last_set of that register might point to
+ the same destination; last_set of that register might point to
a NOTE). If INSN has a REG_EQUIV note, the register is always
equivalent to the memory so the substitution is valid even if there
are intervening stores. Also, don't move a volatile asm or
UNSPEC_VOLATILE across any other insns. */
|| (! all_adjacent
- && (((GET_CODE (src) != MEM
+ && (((!MEM_P (src)
|| ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUIV, src))
&& use_crosses_set_p (src, INSN_CUID (insn)))
|| (GET_CODE (src) == ASM_OPERANDS && MEM_VOLATILE_P (src))
return 0;
/* DEST must either be a REG or CC0. */
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (dest))
{
/* If register alignment is being enforced for multi-word items in all
cases except for parameters, it is possible to have a register copy
Also, on some machines we don't want to extend the life of a hard
register. */
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG
+ if (REG_P (src)
&& ((REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (dest), GET_MODE (dest)))
/* Don't extend the life of a hard register unless it is
else if (GET_CODE (dest) != CC0)
return 0;
- /* Don't substitute for a register intended as a clobberable operand.
- Similarly, don't substitute an expression containing a register that
- will be clobbered in I3. */
+
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i3)) == PARALLEL)
for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (i3), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i3), 0, i)) == CLOBBER
- && (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (XEXP (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i3), 0, i), 0),
- src)
- || rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i3), 0, i), 0), dest)))
- return 0;
+ if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i3), 0, i)) == CLOBBER)
+ {
+ /* Don't substitute for a register intended as a clobberable
+ operand. */
+ rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i3), 0, i), 0);
+ if (rtx_equal_p (reg, dest))
+ return 0;
+
+ /* If the clobber represents an earlyclobber operand, we must not
+ substitute an expression containing the clobbered register.
+ As we do not analyze the constraint strings here, we have to
+ make the conservative assumption. However, if the register is
+ a fixed hard reg, the clobber cannot represent any operand;
+ we leave it up to the machine description to either accept or
+ reject use-and-clobber patterns. */
+ if (!REG_P (reg)
+ || REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
+ || !fixed_regs[REGNO (reg)])
+ if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, src))
+ return 0;
+ }
/* If INSN contains anything volatile, or is an `asm' (whether volatile
or not), reject, unless nothing volatile comes between it and I3 */
{
/* Make sure succ doesn't contain a volatile reference. */
if (succ != 0 && volatile_refs_p (PATTERN (succ)))
- return 0;
+ return 0;
for (p = NEXT_INSN (insn); p != i3; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
- if (INSN_P (p) && p != succ && volatile_refs_p (PATTERN (p)))
+ if (INSN_P (p) && p != succ && volatile_refs_p (PATTERN (p)))
return 0;
}
to be an explicit register variable, and was chosen for a reason. */
if (GET_CODE (src) == ASM_OPERANDS
- && GET_CODE (dest) == REG && REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ && REG_P (dest) && REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
return 0;
/* If there are any volatile insns between INSN and I3, reject, because
if (INSN_P (p) && p != succ && volatile_insn_p (PATTERN (p)))
return 0;
- /* If INSN or I2 contains an autoincrement or autodecrement,
- make sure that register is not used between there and I3,
- and not already used in I3 either.
+ /* If INSN contains an autoincrement or autodecrement, make sure that
+ register is not used between there and I3, and not already used in
+ I3 either. Neither must it be used in PRED or SUCC, if they exist.
Also insist that I3 not be a jump; if it were one
and the incremented register were spilled, we would lose. */
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC
- && (GET_CODE (i3) == JUMP_INSN
+ && (JUMP_P (i3)
|| reg_used_between_p (XEXP (link, 0), insn, i3)
+ || (pred != NULL_RTX
+ && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (XEXP (link, 0), PATTERN (pred)))
+ || (succ != NULL_RTX
+ && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (XEXP (link, 0), PATTERN (succ)))
|| reg_overlap_mentioned_p (XEXP (link, 0), PATTERN (i3))))
return 0;
#endif
but that would be much slower, and this ought to be equivalent. */
p = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
- if (p && p != pred && GET_CODE (p) == INSN && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (p))
+ if (p && p != pred && NONJUMP_INSN_P (p) && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (p))
&& ! all_adjacent)
return 0;
#endif
return 1;
}
\f
-/* Check if PAT is an insn - or a part of it - used to set up an
- argument for a function in a hard register. */
-
-static int
-sets_function_arg_p (rtx pat)
-{
- int i;
- rtx inner_dest;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (pat))
- {
- case INSN:
- return sets_function_arg_p (PATTERN (pat));
-
- case PARALLEL:
- for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0); --i >= 0;)
- if (sets_function_arg_p (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i)))
- return 1;
-
- break;
-
- case SET:
- inner_dest = SET_DEST (pat);
- while (GET_CODE (inner_dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART
- || GET_CODE (inner_dest) == SUBREG
- || GET_CODE (inner_dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
- inner_dest = XEXP (inner_dest, 0);
-
- return (GET_CODE (inner_dest) == REG
- && REGNO (inner_dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- && FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (REGNO (inner_dest)));
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
/* LOC is the location within I3 that contains its pattern or the component
of a PARALLEL of the pattern. We validate that it is valid for combining.
Consider:
- (set (reg:DI 101) (reg:DI 100))
+ (set (reg:DI 101) (reg:DI 100))
(set (subreg:SI (reg:DI 101) 0) <foo>)
This is NOT equivalent to:
- (parallel [(set (subreg:SI (reg:DI 100) 0) <foo>)
+ (parallel [(set (subreg:SI (reg:DI 100) 0) <foo>)
(set (reg:DI 101) (reg:DI 100))])
Not only does this modify 100 (in which case it might still be valid
rtx dest = SET_DEST (set);
rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
rtx inner_dest = dest;
+ rtx subdest;
while (GET_CODE (inner_dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART
|| GET_CODE (inner_dest) == SUBREG
|| GET_CODE (inner_dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
inner_dest = XEXP (inner_dest, 0);
- /* Check for the case where I3 modifies its output, as
- discussed above. */
- if ((inner_dest != dest
+ /* Check for the case where I3 modifies its output, as discussed
+ above. We don't want to prevent pseudos from being combined
+ into the address of a MEM, so only prevent the combination if
+ i1 or i2 set the same MEM. */
+ if ((inner_dest != dest &&
+ (!MEM_P (inner_dest)
+ || rtx_equal_p (i2dest, inner_dest)
+ || (i1dest && rtx_equal_p (i1dest, inner_dest)))
&& (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (i2dest, inner_dest)
|| (i1dest && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (i1dest, inner_dest))))
function argument; the all_adjacent test in can_combine_p also
checks this; here, we do a more specific test for this case. */
- || (GET_CODE (inner_dest) == REG
+ || (REG_P (inner_dest)
&& REGNO (inner_dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (inner_dest),
GET_MODE (inner_dest))))
|| (i1_not_in_src && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (i1dest, src)))
return 0;
- /* If DEST is used in I3, it is being killed in this insn,
- so record that for later.
+ /* If DEST is used in I3, it is being killed in this insn, so
+ record that for later. We have to consider paradoxical
+ subregs here, since they kill the whole register, but we
+ ignore partial subregs, STRICT_LOW_PART, etc.
Never add REG_DEAD notes for the FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM or the
STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, since these are always considered to be
live. Similarly for ARG_POINTER_REGNUM if it is fixed. */
- if (pi3dest_killed && GET_CODE (dest) == REG
- && reg_referenced_p (dest, PATTERN (i3))
- && REGNO (dest) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
+ subdest = dest;
+ if (GET_CODE (subdest) == SUBREG
+ && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (subdest))
+ >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (subdest)))))
+ subdest = SUBREG_REG (subdest);
+ if (pi3dest_killed
+ && REG_P (subdest)
+ && reg_referenced_p (subdest, PATTERN (i3))
+ && REGNO (subdest) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && REGNO (dest) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
+ && REGNO (subdest) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
#endif
#if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && (REGNO (dest) != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
- || ! fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)])
+ && (REGNO (subdest) != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
+ || ! fixed_regs [REGNO (subdest)])
#endif
- && REGNO (dest) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
+ && REGNO (subdest) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
{
if (*pi3dest_killed)
return 0;
- *pi3dest_killed = dest;
+ *pi3dest_killed = subdest;
}
}
return ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))) >= 0);
default:
- switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)))
- {
- case 'c': case '<': case '2':
- return contains_muldiv (XEXP (x, 0))
+ if (BINARY_P (x))
+ return contains_muldiv (XEXP (x, 0))
|| contains_muldiv (XEXP (x, 1));
- case '1':
- return contains_muldiv (XEXP (x, 0));
+ if (UNARY_P (x))
+ return contains_muldiv (XEXP (x, 0));
- default:
- return 0;
- }
+ return 0;
}
}
\f
/* Never combine loads and stores involving hard regs that are likely
to be spilled. The register allocator can usually handle such
reg-reg moves by tying. If we allow the combiner to make
- substitutions of likely-spilled regs, we may abort in reload.
+ substitutions of likely-spilled regs, reload might die.
As an exception, we allow combinations involving fixed regs; these are
not available to the register allocator so there's no risk involved. */
return 0;
}
+struct likely_spilled_retval_info
+{
+ unsigned regno, nregs;
+ unsigned mask;
+};
+
+/* Called via note_stores by likely_spilled_retval_p. Remove from info->mask
+ hard registers that are known to be written to / clobbered in full. */
+static void
+likely_spilled_retval_1 (rtx x, rtx set, void *data)
+{
+ struct likely_spilled_retval_info *info = data;
+ unsigned regno, nregs;
+ unsigned new_mask;
+
+ if (!REG_P (XEXP (set, 0)))
+ return;
+ regno = REGNO (x);
+ if (regno >= info->regno + info->nregs)
+ return;
+ nregs = hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)];
+ if (regno + nregs <= info->regno)
+ return;
+ new_mask = (2U << (nregs - 1)) - 1;
+ if (regno < info->regno)
+ new_mask >>= info->regno - regno;
+ else
+ new_mask <<= regno - info->regno;
+ info->mask &= new_mask;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero iff part of the return value is live during INSN, and
+ it is likely spilled. This can happen when more than one insn is needed
+ to copy the return value, e.g. when we consider to combine into the
+ second copy insn for a complex value. */
+
+static int
+likely_spilled_retval_p (rtx insn)
+{
+ rtx use = BB_END (this_basic_block);
+ rtx reg, p;
+ unsigned regno, nregs;
+ /* We assume here that no machine mode needs more than
+ 32 hard registers when the value overlaps with a register
+ for which FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P is true. */
+ unsigned mask;
+ struct likely_spilled_retval_info info;
+
+ if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (use) || GET_CODE (PATTERN (use)) != USE || insn == use)
+ return 0;
+ reg = XEXP (PATTERN (use), 0);
+ if (!REG_P (reg) || !FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (REGNO (reg)))
+ return 0;
+ regno = REGNO (reg);
+ nregs = hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (reg)];
+ if (nregs == 1)
+ return 0;
+ mask = (2U << (nregs - 1)) - 1;
+
+ /* Disregard parts of the return value that are set later. */
+ info.regno = regno;
+ info.nregs = nregs;
+ info.mask = mask;
+ for (p = PREV_INSN (use); info.mask && p != insn; p = PREV_INSN (p))
+ note_stores (PATTERN (insn), likely_spilled_retval_1, &info);
+ mask = info.mask;
+
+ /* Check if any of the (probably) live return value registers is
+ likely spilled. */
+ nregs --;
+ do
+ {
+ if ((mask & 1 << nregs)
+ && CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P (REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno + nregs)))
+ return 1;
+ } while (nregs--);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Adjust INSN after we made a change to its destination.
+
+ Changing the destination can invalidate notes that say something about
+ the results of the insn and a LOG_LINK pointing to the insn. */
+
+static void
+adjust_for_new_dest (rtx insn)
+{
+ rtx *loc;
+
+ /* For notes, be conservative and simply remove them. */
+ loc = ®_NOTES (insn);
+ while (*loc)
+ {
+ enum reg_note kind = REG_NOTE_KIND (*loc);
+ if (kind == REG_EQUAL || kind == REG_EQUIV)
+ *loc = XEXP (*loc, 1);
+ else
+ loc = &XEXP (*loc, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* The new insn will have a destination that was previously the destination
+ of an insn just above it. Call distribute_links to make a LOG_LINK from
+ the next use of that destination. */
+ distribute_links (gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (VOIDmode, insn, NULL_RTX));
+}
+
+/* Return TRUE if combine can reuse reg X in mode MODE.
+ ADDED_SETS is nonzero if the original set is still required. */
+static bool
+can_change_dest_mode (rtx x, int added_sets, enum machine_mode mode)
+{
+ unsigned int regno;
+
+ if (!REG_P(x))
+ return false;
+
+ regno = REGNO (x);
+ /* Allow hard registers if the new mode is legal, and occupies no more
+ registers than the old mode. */
+ if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ return (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)
+ && (hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)]
+ >= hard_regno_nregs[regno][mode]));
+
+ /* Or a pseudo that is only used once. */
+ return (REG_N_SETS (regno) == 1 && !added_sets
+ && !REG_USERVAR_P (x));
+}
+
+
+/* Check whether X, the destination of a set, refers to part of
+ the register specified by REG. */
+
+static bool
+reg_subword_p (rtx x, rtx reg)
+{
+ /* Check that reg is an integer mode register. */
+ if (!REG_P (reg) || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (reg)) != MODE_INT)
+ return false;
+
+ if (GET_CODE (x) == STRICT_LOW_PART
+ || GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
+ x = XEXP (x, 0);
+
+ return GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG
+ && SUBREG_REG (x) == reg
+ && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_INT;
+}
+
+
/* Try to combine the insns I1 and I2 into I3.
Here I1 and I2 appear earlier than I3.
I1 can be zero; then we combine just I2 into I3.
{
/* New patterns for I3 and I2, respectively. */
rtx newpat, newi2pat = 0;
+ rtvec newpat_vec_with_clobbers = 0;
int substed_i2 = 0, substed_i1 = 0;
/* Indicates need to preserve SET in I1 or I2 in I3 if it is not dead. */
int added_sets_1, added_sets_2;
/* Total number of SETs to put into I3. */
int total_sets;
- /* Nonzero is I2's body now appears in I3. */
+ /* Nonzero if I2's body now appears in I3. */
int i2_is_used;
/* INSN_CODEs for new I3, new I2, and user of condition code. */
int insn_code_number, i2_code_number = 0, other_code_number = 0;
rtx i2pat;
/* Indicates if I2DEST or I1DEST is in I2SRC or I1_SRC. */
int i2dest_in_i2src = 0, i1dest_in_i1src = 0, i2dest_in_i1src = 0;
+ int i2dest_killed = 0, i1dest_killed = 0;
int i1_feeds_i3 = 0;
/* Notes that must be added to REG_NOTES in I3 and I2. */
rtx new_i3_notes, new_i2_notes;
int i3_subst_into_i2 = 0;
/* Notes that I1, I2 or I3 is a MULT operation. */
int have_mult = 0;
+ int swap_i2i3 = 0;
int maxreg;
rtx temp;
if (cant_combine_insn_p (i3)
|| cant_combine_insn_p (i2)
|| (i1 && cant_combine_insn_p (i1))
+ || likely_spilled_retval_p (i3)
/* We also can't do anything if I3 has a
REG_LIBCALL note since we don't want to disrupt the contiguity of a
libcall. */
where I2 and I3 are adjacent to avoid making difficult register
usage tests. */
- if (i1 == 0 && GET_CODE (i3) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i3)) == SET
- && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3))) == REG
+ if (i1 == 0 && NONJUMP_INSN_P (i3) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i3)) == SET
+ && REG_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3)))
&& REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& find_reg_note (i3, REG_DEAD, SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3)))
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (i2)) == PARALLEL
added_sets_2 = added_sets_1 = 0;
i2dest = SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3));
+ i2dest_killed = dead_or_set_p (i2, i2dest);
/* Replace the dest in I2 with our dest and make the resulting
insn the new pattern for I3. Then skip to where we
}
}
- /* If I2 is setting a double-word pseudo to a constant and I3 is setting
- one of those words to another constant, merge them by making a new
+ /* If I2 is setting a pseudo to a constant and I3 is setting some
+ sub-part of it to another constant, merge them by making a new
constant. */
if (i1 == 0
&& (temp = single_set (i2)) != 0
&& (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (temp)) == CONST_INT
|| GET_CODE (SET_SRC (temp)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (temp)) == REG
- && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (temp))) == MODE_INT
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (temp))) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (i3)) == SET
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3))) == SUBREG
- && SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3))) == SET_DEST (temp)
- && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3)))) == MODE_INT
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3)))) == UNITS_PER_WORD
- && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3))) == CONST_INT)
+ && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3))) == CONST_INT
+ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3))) == CONST_DOUBLE)
+ && reg_subword_p (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3)), SET_DEST (temp)))
{
- HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
+ rtx dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3));
+ int offset = -1;
+ int width = 0;
- if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (temp)) == CONST_INT)
- lo = INTVAL (SET_SRC (temp)), hi = lo < 0 ? -1 : 0;
+ if (GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
+ {
+ if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 1)) == CONST_INT
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 2)) == CONST_INT)
+ {
+ width = INTVAL (XEXP (dest, 1));
+ offset = INTVAL (XEXP (dest, 2));
+ dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
+ if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
+ offset = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (dest)) - width - offset;
+ }
+ }
else
{
- lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (SET_SRC (temp));
- hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (SET_SRC (temp));
+ if (GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
+ dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
+ width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
+ offset = 0;
}
- if (subreg_lowpart_p (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3))))
+ if (offset >= 0)
{
- /* We don't handle the case of the target word being wider
- than a host wide int. */
- if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT < BITS_PER_WORD)
- abort ();
-
- lo &= ~(UWIDE_SHIFT_LEFT_BY_BITS_PER_WORD (1) - 1);
- lo |= (INTVAL (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3)))
- & (UWIDE_SHIFT_LEFT_BY_BITS_PER_WORD (1) - 1));
+ /* If this is the low part, we're done. */
+ if (subreg_lowpart_p (dest))
+ ;
+ /* Handle the case where inner is twice the size of outer. */
+ else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (temp)))
+ == 2 * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (dest)))
+ offset += GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
+ /* Otherwise give up for now. */
+ else
+ offset = -1;
}
- else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD)
- hi = INTVAL (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3)));
- else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 2 * BITS_PER_WORD)
+
+ if (offset >= 0)
{
- int sign = -(int) ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) lo
- >> (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
+ HOST_WIDE_INT mhi, ohi, ihi;
+ HOST_WIDE_INT mlo, olo, ilo;
+ rtx inner = SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3));
+ rtx outer = SET_SRC (temp);
- lo &= ~ (UWIDE_SHIFT_LEFT_BY_BITS_PER_WORD
- (UWIDE_SHIFT_LEFT_BY_BITS_PER_WORD (1) - 1));
- lo |= (UWIDE_SHIFT_LEFT_BY_BITS_PER_WORD
- (INTVAL (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3)))));
- if (hi == sign)
- hi = lo < 0 ? -1 : 0;
- }
- else
- /* We don't handle the case of the higher word not fitting
- entirely in either hi or lo. */
- abort ();
+ if (GET_CODE (outer) == CONST_INT)
+ {
+ olo = INTVAL (outer);
+ ohi = olo < 0 ? -1 : 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ olo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (outer);
+ ohi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (outer);
+ }
- combine_merges++;
- subst_insn = i3;
- subst_low_cuid = INSN_CUID (i2);
- added_sets_2 = added_sets_1 = 0;
- i2dest = SET_DEST (temp);
+ if (GET_CODE (inner) == CONST_INT)
+ {
+ ilo = INTVAL (inner);
+ ihi = ilo < 0 ? -1 : 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ilo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (inner);
+ ihi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (inner);
+ }
+
+ if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ {
+ mlo = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
+ mhi = 0;
+ }
+ else if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2)
+ {
+ mhi = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
+ << (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)) - 1;
+ mlo = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ mlo = -1;
+ mhi = -1;
+ }
+
+ ilo &= mlo;
+ ihi &= mhi;
+
+ if (offset >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ {
+ mhi = mlo << (offset - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
+ mlo = 0;
+ ihi = ilo << (offset - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
+ ilo = 0;
+ }
+ else if (offset > 0)
+ {
+ mhi = (mhi << offset) | ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mlo
+ >> (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - offset));
+ mlo = mlo << offset;
+ ihi = (ihi << offset) | ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) ilo
+ >> (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - offset));
+ ilo = ilo << offset;
+ }
- SUBST (SET_SRC (temp),
- immed_double_const (lo, hi, GET_MODE (SET_DEST (temp))));
+ olo = (olo & ~mlo) | ilo;
+ ohi = (ohi & ~mhi) | ihi;
- newpat = PATTERN (i2);
- goto validate_replacement;
+ combine_merges++;
+ subst_insn = i3;
+ subst_low_cuid = INSN_CUID (i2);
+ added_sets_2 = added_sets_1 = 0;
+ i2dest = SET_DEST (temp);
+ i2dest_killed = dead_or_set_p (i2, i2dest);
+
+ SUBST (SET_SRC (temp),
+ immed_double_const (olo, ohi, GET_MODE (SET_DEST (temp))));
+
+ newpat = PATTERN (i2);
+ goto validate_replacement;
+ }
}
#ifndef HAVE_cc0
make up a dummy I1 that is
(set Y OP)
and change I2 to be
- (set (reg:CC X) (compare:CC Y (const_int 0)))
+ (set (reg:CC X) (compare:CC Y (const_int 0)))
(We can ignore any trailing CLOBBERs.)
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, 0))) == COMPARE
&& XEXP (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, 0)), 1) == const0_rtx
&& GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, 1)) == SET
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, 1))) == REG
+ && REG_P (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, 1)))
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, 0)), 0),
SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, 1))))
{
i2dest_in_i2src = reg_overlap_mentioned_p (i2dest, i2src);
i1dest_in_i1src = i1 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (i1dest, i1src);
i2dest_in_i1src = i1 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (i2dest, i1src);
+ i2dest_killed = dead_or_set_p (i2, i2dest);
+ i1dest_killed = i1 && dead_or_set_p (i1, i1dest);
/* See if I1 directly feeds into I3. It does if I1DEST is not used
in I2SRC. */
#if 0
if (!(GET_CODE (PATTERN (i3)) == SET
- && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3))) == REG
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3))) == MEM
+ && REG_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3)))
+ && MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3)))
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3)), 0)) == POST_INC
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (i3)), 0)) == POST_DEC)))
/* It's not the exception. */
subst_insn = i3;
- /* It is possible that the source of I2 or I1 may be performing an
- unneeded operation, such as a ZERO_EXTEND of something that is known
- to have the high part zero. Handle that case by letting subst look at
- the innermost one of them.
-
- Another way to do this would be to have a function that tries to
- simplify a single insn instead of merging two or more insns. We don't
- do this because of the potential of infinite loops and because
- of the potential extra memory required. However, doing it the way
- we are is a bit of a kludge and doesn't catch all cases.
-
- But only do this if -fexpensive-optimizations since it slows things down
- and doesn't usually win. */
-
- if (flag_expensive_optimizations)
- {
- /* Pass pc_rtx so no substitutions are done, just simplifications.
- The cases that we are interested in here do not involve the few
- cases were is_replaced is checked. */
- if (i1)
- {
- subst_low_cuid = INSN_CUID (i1);
- i1src = subst (i1src, pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
- }
- else
- {
- subst_low_cuid = INSN_CUID (i2);
- i2src = subst (i2src, pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
- }
- }
-
#ifndef HAVE_cc0
/* Many machines that don't use CC0 have insns that can both perform an
arithmetic operation and set the condition code. These operations will
&& XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3)), 1) == const0_rtx
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (i3)), 0), i2dest))
{
-#ifdef EXTRA_CC_MODES
+#ifdef SELECT_CC_MODE
rtx *cc_use;
enum machine_mode compare_mode;
#endif
i2_is_used = 1;
-#ifdef EXTRA_CC_MODES
+#ifdef SELECT_CC_MODE
/* See if a COMPARE with the operand we substituted in should be done
with the mode that is currently being used. If not, do the same
processing we do in `subst' for a SET; namely, if the destination
i2src, const0_rtx))
!= GET_MODE (SET_DEST (newpat))))
{
- unsigned int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (newpat));
- rtx new_dest = gen_rtx_REG (compare_mode, regno);
-
- if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- || (REG_N_SETS (regno) == 1 && ! added_sets_2
- && ! REG_USERVAR_P (SET_DEST (newpat))))
+ if (can_change_dest_mode(SET_DEST (newpat), added_sets_2,
+ compare_mode))
{
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- SUBST (regno_reg_rtx[regno], new_dest);
+ unsigned int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (newpat));
+ rtx new_dest;
+
+ if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ new_dest = gen_rtx_REG (compare_mode, regno);
+ else
+ {
+ SUBST_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[regno], compare_mode);
+ new_dest = regno_reg_rtx[regno];
+ }
SUBST (SET_DEST (newpat), new_dest);
SUBST (XEXP (*cc_use, 0), new_dest);
else
#endif
{
+ /* It is possible that the source of I2 or I1 may be performing
+ an unneeded operation, such as a ZERO_EXTEND of something
+ that is known to have the high part zero. Handle that case
+ by letting subst look at the innermost one of them.
+
+ Another way to do this would be to have a function that tries
+ to simplify a single insn instead of merging two or more
+ insns. We don't do this because of the potential of infinite
+ loops and because of the potential extra memory required.
+ However, doing it the way we are is a bit of a kludge and
+ doesn't catch all cases.
+
+ But only do this if -fexpensive-optimizations since it slows
+ things down and doesn't usually win.
+
+ This is not done in the COMPARE case above because the
+ unmodified I2PAT is used in the PARALLEL and so a pattern
+ with a modified I2SRC would not match. */
+
+ if (flag_expensive_optimizations)
+ {
+ /* Pass pc_rtx so no substitutions are done, just
+ simplifications. */
+ if (i1)
+ {
+ subst_low_cuid = INSN_CUID (i1);
+ i1src = subst (i1src, pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ subst_low_cuid = INSN_CUID (i2);
+ i2src = subst (i2src, pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
n_occurrences = 0; /* `subst' counts here */
/* If I1 feeds into I2 (not into I3) and I1DEST is in I1SRC, we
|| (i1 != 0 && FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (i1, NULL_RTX) != 0
&& (n_occurrences + added_sets_1 + (added_sets_2 && ! i1_feeds_i3)
> 1))
- /* Fail if we tried to make a new register (we used to abort, but there's
- really no reason to). */
+ /* Fail if we tried to make a new register. */
|| max_reg_num () != maxreg
/* Fail if we couldn't do something and have a CLOBBER. */
|| GET_CODE (newpat) == CLOBBER
/* Note which hard regs this insn has as inputs. */
mark_used_regs_combine (newpat);
+ /* If recog_for_combine fails, it strips existing clobbers. If we'll
+ consider splitting this pattern, we might need these clobbers. */
+ if (i1 && GET_CODE (newpat) == PARALLEL
+ && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, XVECLEN (newpat, 0) - 1)) == CLOBBER)
+ {
+ int len = XVECLEN (newpat, 0);
+
+ newpat_vec_with_clobbers = rtvec_alloc (len);
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ RTVEC_ELT (newpat_vec_with_clobbers, i) = XVECEXP (newpat, 0, i);
+ }
+
/* Is the result of combination a valid instruction? */
insn_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newpat, i3, &new_i3_notes);
/* If the result isn't valid, see if it is a PARALLEL of two SETs where
- the second SET's destination is a register that is unused. In that case,
+ the second SET's destination is a register that is unused and isn't
+ marked as an instruction that might trap in an EH region. In that case,
we just need the first SET. This can occur when simplifying a divmod
insn. We *must* test for this case here because the code below that
splits two independent SETs doesn't handle this case correctly when it
- updates the register status. Also check the case where the first
- SET's destination is unused. That would not cause incorrect code, but
- does cause an unneeded insn to remain. */
+ updates the register status.
+
+ It's pointless doing this if we originally had two sets, one from
+ i3, and one from i2. Combining then splitting the parallel results
+ in the original i2 again plus an invalid insn (which we delete).
+ The net effect is only to move instructions around, which makes
+ debug info less accurate.
- if (insn_code_number < 0 && GET_CODE (newpat) == PARALLEL
+ Also check the case where the first SET's destination is unused.
+ That would not cause incorrect code, but does cause an unneeded
+ insn to remain. */
+
+ if (insn_code_number < 0
+ && !(added_sets_2 && i1 == 0)
+ && GET_CODE (newpat) == PARALLEL
&& XVECLEN (newpat, 0) == 2
&& GET_CODE (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0)) == SET
&& GET_CODE (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)) == SET
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))) == REG
- && find_reg_note (i3, REG_UNUSED, SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)))
- && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)))
&& asm_noperands (newpat) < 0)
{
- newpat = XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0);
- insn_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newpat, i3, &new_i3_notes);
- }
+ rtx set0 = XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0);
+ rtx set1 = XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1);
+ rtx note;
- else if (insn_code_number < 0 && GET_CODE (newpat) == PARALLEL
- && XVECLEN (newpat, 0) == 2
- && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0)) == SET
- && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)) == SET
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0))) == REG
- && find_reg_note (i3, REG_UNUSED, SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0)))
- && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0)))
- && asm_noperands (newpat) < 0)
- {
- newpat = XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1);
- insn_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newpat, i3, &new_i3_notes);
+ if (((REG_P (SET_DEST (set1))
+ && find_reg_note (i3, REG_UNUSED, SET_DEST (set1)))
+ || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set1)) == SUBREG
+ && find_reg_note (i3, REG_UNUSED, SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (set1)))))
+ && (!(note = find_reg_note (i3, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX))
+ || INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) <= 0)
+ && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set1)))
+ {
+ newpat = set0;
+ insn_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newpat, i3, &new_i3_notes);
+ }
+
+ else if (((REG_P (SET_DEST (set0))
+ && find_reg_note (i3, REG_UNUSED, SET_DEST (set0)))
+ || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set0)) == SUBREG
+ && find_reg_note (i3, REG_UNUSED,
+ SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (set0)))))
+ && (!(note = find_reg_note (i3, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX))
+ || INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) <= 0)
+ && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set0)))
+ {
+ newpat = set1;
+ insn_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newpat, i3, &new_i3_notes);
+
+ if (insn_code_number >= 0)
+ {
+ /* If we will be able to accept this, we have made a
+ change to the destination of I3. This requires us to
+ do a few adjustments. */
+
+ PATTERN (i3) = newpat;
+ adjust_for_new_dest (i3);
+ }
+ }
}
/* If we were combining three insns and the result is a simple SET
&& asm_noperands (newpat) < 0)
{
rtx m_split, *split;
- rtx ni2dest = i2dest;
/* See if the MD file can split NEWPAT. If it can't, see if letting it
use I2DEST as a scratch register will help. In the latter case,
possible to try that as a scratch reg. This would require adding
more code to make it work though. */
- if (m_split == 0 && ! reg_overlap_mentioned_p (ni2dest, newpat))
+ if (m_split == 0 && ! reg_overlap_mentioned_p (i2dest, newpat))
{
- /* If I2DEST is a hard register or the only use of a pseudo,
- we can change its mode. */
- if (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (newpat)) != GET_MODE (i2dest)
- && GET_MODE (SET_DEST (newpat)) != VOIDmode
- && GET_CODE (i2dest) == REG
- && (REGNO (i2dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- || (REG_N_SETS (REGNO (i2dest)) == 1 && ! added_sets_2
- && ! REG_USERVAR_P (i2dest))))
- ni2dest = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (newpat)),
- REGNO (i2dest));
+ enum machine_mode new_mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (newpat));
+ /* First try to split using the original register as a
+ scratch register. */
m_split = split_insns (gen_rtx_PARALLEL
(VOIDmode,
gen_rtvec (2, newpat,
gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode,
- ni2dest))),
+ i2dest))),
i3);
- /* If the split with the mode-changed register didn't work, try
- the original register. */
- if (! m_split && ni2dest != i2dest)
+
+ /* If that didn't work, try changing the mode of I2DEST if
+ we can. */
+ if (m_split == 0
+ && new_mode != GET_MODE (i2dest)
+ && new_mode != VOIDmode
+ && can_change_dest_mode (i2dest, added_sets_2, new_mode))
{
- ni2dest = i2dest;
+ enum machine_mode old_mode = GET_MODE (i2dest);
+ rtx ni2dest;
+
+ if (REGNO (i2dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ ni2dest = gen_rtx_REG (new_mode, REGNO (i2dest));
+ else
+ {
+ SUBST_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (i2dest)], new_mode);
+ ni2dest = regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (i2dest)];
+ }
+
m_split = split_insns (gen_rtx_PARALLEL
(VOIDmode,
gen_rtvec (2, newpat,
gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode,
- i2dest))),
+ ni2dest))),
i3);
+
+ if (m_split == 0
+ && REGNO (i2dest) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ {
+ struct undo *buf;
+
+ PUT_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (i2dest)], old_mode);
+ buf = undobuf.undos;
+ undobuf.undos = buf->next;
+ buf->next = undobuf.frees;
+ undobuf.frees = buf;
+ }
}
}
+ /* If recog_for_combine has discarded clobbers, try to use them
+ again for the split. */
+ if (m_split == 0 && newpat_vec_with_clobbers)
+ m_split
+ = split_insns (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
+ newpat_vec_with_clobbers), i3);
+
if (m_split && NEXT_INSN (m_split) == NULL_RTX)
{
m_split = PATTERN (m_split);
i3set = single_set (NEXT_INSN (m_split));
i2set = single_set (m_split);
- /* In case we changed the mode of I2DEST, replace it in the
- pseudo-register table here. We can't do it above in case this
- code doesn't get executed and we do a split the other way. */
-
- if (REGNO (i2dest) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- SUBST (regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (i2dest)], ni2dest);
-
i2_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newi2pat, i2, &new_i2_notes);
/* If I2 or I3 has multiple SETs, we won't know how to track
|| GET_CODE (new_i2_dest) == SUBREG)
new_i2_dest = XEXP (new_i2_dest, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (new_i3_dest) == REG
- && GET_CODE (new_i2_dest) == REG
+ if (REG_P (new_i3_dest)
+ && REG_P (new_i2_dest)
&& REGNO (new_i3_dest) == REGNO (new_i2_dest))
REG_N_SETS (REGNO (new_i2_dest))++;
}
are set between I2 and I3. */
if (insn_code_number < 0 && (split = find_split_point (&newpat, i3)) != 0
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
- && GET_CODE (i2dest) == REG
+ && REG_P (i2dest)
#endif
/* We need I2DEST in the proper mode. If it is a hard register
- or the only use of a pseudo, we can change its mode. */
+ or the only use of a pseudo, we can change its mode.
+ Make sure we don't change a hard register to have a mode that
+ isn't valid for it, or change the number of registers. */
&& (GET_MODE (*split) == GET_MODE (i2dest)
|| GET_MODE (*split) == VOIDmode
- || REGNO (i2dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- || (REG_N_SETS (REGNO (i2dest)) == 1 && ! added_sets_2
- && ! REG_USERVAR_P (i2dest)))
+ || can_change_dest_mode (i2dest, added_sets_2,
+ GET_MODE (*split)))
&& (next_real_insn (i2) == i3
|| ! use_crosses_set_p (*split, INSN_CUID (i2)))
/* We can't overwrite I2DEST if its value is still used by
rtx newdest = i2dest;
enum rtx_code split_code = GET_CODE (*split);
enum machine_mode split_mode = GET_MODE (*split);
+ bool subst_done = false;
+ newi2pat = NULL_RTX;
/* Get NEWDEST as a register in the proper mode. We have already
validated that we can do this. */
if (GET_MODE (i2dest) != split_mode && split_mode != VOIDmode)
{
- newdest = gen_rtx_REG (split_mode, REGNO (i2dest));
-
- if (REGNO (i2dest) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- SUBST (regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (i2dest)], newdest);
+ if (REGNO (i2dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ newdest = gen_rtx_REG (split_mode, REGNO (i2dest));
+ else
+ {
+ SUBST_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (i2dest)], split_mode);
+ newdest = regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (i2dest)];
+ }
}
/* If *SPLIT is a (mult FOO (const_int pow2)), convert it to
#ifdef INSN_SCHEDULING
/* If *SPLIT is a paradoxical SUBREG, when we split it, it should
be written as a ZERO_EXTEND. */
- if (split_code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (*split)) == MEM)
+ if (split_code == SUBREG && MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (*split)))
{
#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
/* Or as a SIGN_EXTEND if LOAD_EXTEND_OP says that that's
}
#endif
- newi2pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newdest, *split);
- SUBST (*split, newdest);
+ /* Attempt to split binary operators using arithmetic identities. */
+ if (BINARY_P (SET_SRC (newpat))
+ && split_mode == GET_MODE (SET_SRC (newpat))
+ && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (newpat)))
+ {
+ rtx setsrc = SET_SRC (newpat);
+ enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (setsrc);
+ enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (setsrc);
+ rtx src_op0 = XEXP (setsrc, 0);
+ rtx src_op1 = XEXP (setsrc, 1);
+
+ /* Split "X = Y op Y" as "Z = Y; X = Z op Z". */
+ if (rtx_equal_p (src_op0, src_op1))
+ {
+ newi2pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newdest, src_op0);
+ SUBST (XEXP (setsrc, 0), newdest);
+ SUBST (XEXP (setsrc, 1), newdest);
+ subst_done = true;
+ }
+ /* Split "((P op Q) op R) op S" where op is PLUS or MULT. */
+ else if ((code == PLUS || code == MULT)
+ && GET_CODE (src_op0) == code
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (src_op0, 0)) == code
+ && (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
+ || (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
+ && flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)))
+ {
+ rtx p = XEXP (XEXP (src_op0, 0), 0);
+ rtx q = XEXP (XEXP (src_op0, 0), 1);
+ rtx r = XEXP (src_op0, 1);
+ rtx s = src_op1;
+
+ /* Split both "((X op Y) op X) op Y" and
+ "((X op Y) op Y) op X" as "T op T" where T is
+ "X op Y". */
+ if ((rtx_equal_p (p,r) && rtx_equal_p (q,s))
+ || (rtx_equal_p (p,s) && rtx_equal_p (q,r)))
+ {
+ newi2pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newdest,
+ XEXP (src_op0, 0));
+ SUBST (XEXP (setsrc, 0), newdest);
+ SUBST (XEXP (setsrc, 1), newdest);
+ subst_done = true;
+ }
+ /* Split "((X op X) op Y) op Y)" as "T op T" where
+ T is "X op Y". */
+ else if (rtx_equal_p (p,q) && rtx_equal_p (r,s))
+ {
+ rtx tmp = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, p, r);
+ newi2pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newdest, tmp);
+ SUBST (XEXP (setsrc, 0), newdest);
+ SUBST (XEXP (setsrc, 1), newdest);
+ subst_done = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!subst_done)
+ {
+ newi2pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newdest, *split);
+ SUBST (*split, newdest);
+ }
+
i2_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newi2pat, i2, &new_i2_notes);
+ /* recog_for_combine might have added CLOBBERs to newi2pat.
+ Make sure NEWPAT does not depend on the clobbered regs. */
+ if (GET_CODE (newi2pat) == PARALLEL)
+ for (i = XVECLEN (newi2pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (newi2pat, 0, i)) == CLOBBER)
+ {
+ rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (newi2pat, 0, i), 0);
+ if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, newpat))
+ {
+ undo_all ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
/* If the split point was a MULT and we didn't have one before,
don't use one now. */
if (i2_code_number >= 0 && ! (split_code == MULT && ! have_mult))
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))) != ZERO_EXTRACT
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))) != STRICT_LOW_PART
&& ! (temp = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)),
- (GET_CODE (temp) == REG
- && reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (temp)] != 0
+ (REG_P (temp)
+ && reg_stat[REGNO (temp)].nonzero_bits != 0
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) < BITS_PER_WORD
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) < HOST_BITS_PER_INT
- && (reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (temp)]
+ && (reg_stat[REGNO (temp)].nonzero_bits
!= GET_MODE_MASK (word_mode))))
&& ! (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))) == SUBREG
&& (temp = SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))),
- (GET_CODE (temp) == REG
- && reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (temp)] != 0
+ (REG_P (temp)
+ && reg_stat[REGNO (temp)].nonzero_bits != 0
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) < BITS_PER_WORD
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) < HOST_BITS_PER_INT
- && (reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (temp)]
+ && (reg_stat[REGNO (temp)].nonzero_bits
!= GET_MODE_MASK (word_mode)))))
&& ! reg_overlap_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)),
SET_SRC (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)))
ni2dest = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0));
newpat = XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1);
SUBST (SET_SRC (newpat),
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (newpat)), ni2dest));
+ gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (newpat)), ni2dest));
i2_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newi2pat, i2, &new_i2_notes);
if (i2_code_number >= 0)
insn_code_number = recog_for_combine (&newpat, i3, &new_i3_notes);
if (insn_code_number >= 0)
- {
- rtx insn;
- rtx link;
-
- /* If we will be able to accept this, we have made a change to the
- destination of I3. This can invalidate a LOG_LINKS pointing
- to I3. No other part of combine.c makes such a transformation.
-
- The new I3 will have a destination that was previously the
- destination of I1 or I2 and which was used in i2 or I3. Call
- distribute_links to make a LOG_LINK from the next use of
- that destination. */
-
- PATTERN (i3) = newpat;
- distribute_links (gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (VOIDmode, i3, NULL_RTX));
-
- /* I3 now uses what used to be its destination and which is
- now I2's destination. That means we need a LOG_LINK from
- I3 to I2. But we used to have one, so we still will.
-
- However, some later insn might be using I2's dest and have
- a LOG_LINK pointing at I3. We must remove this link.
- The simplest way to remove the link is to point it at I1,
- which we know will be a NOTE. */
-
- for (insn = NEXT_INSN (i3);
- insn && (this_basic_block->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
- || insn != this_basic_block->next_bb->head);
- insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
- {
- if (INSN_P (insn) && reg_referenced_p (ni2dest, PATTERN (insn)))
- {
- for (link = LOG_LINKS (insn); link;
- link = XEXP (link, 1))
- if (XEXP (link, 0) == i3)
- XEXP (link, 0) = i1;
-
- break;
- }
- }
- }
+ swap_i2i3 = 1;
}
/* Similarly, check for a case where we have a PARALLEL of two independent
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))) != STRICT_LOW_PART
&& ! use_crosses_set_p (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)),
INSN_CUID (i2))
- /* Don't pass sets with (USE (MEM ...)) dests to the following. */
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))) != USE
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0))) != USE
&& ! reg_referenced_p (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)),
XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0))
&& ! reg_referenced_p (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0)),
XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))
&& ! (contains_muldiv (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0)))
- && contains_muldiv (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)))))
+ && contains_muldiv (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1))))
+#ifdef HAVE_cc0
+ /* We cannot split the parallel into two sets if both sets
+ reference cc0. */
+ && ! (reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 0))
+ && reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, XVECEXP (newpat, 0, 1)))
+#endif
+ )
{
/* Normally, it doesn't matter which of the two is done first,
but it does if one references cc0. In that case, it has to
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_UNUSED
&& ! reg_set_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (undobuf.other_insn)))
{
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))--;
remove_note (undobuf.other_insn, note);
}
for (note = new_other_notes; note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))++;
distribute_notes (new_other_notes, undobuf.other_insn,
- undobuf.other_insn, NULL_RTX);
+ undobuf.other_insn, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
}
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
- /* If I2 is the setter CC0 and I3 is the user CC0 then check whether
+ /* If I2 is the CC0 setter and I3 is the CC0 user then check whether
they are adjacent to each other or not. */
{
rtx p = prev_nonnote_insn (i3);
- if (p && p != i2 && GET_CODE (p) == INSN && newi2pat
+ if (p && p != i2 && NONJUMP_INSN_P (p) && newi2pat
&& sets_cc0_p (newi2pat))
{
undo_all ();
}
#endif
+ /* Only allow this combination if insn_rtx_costs reports that the
+ replacement instructions are cheaper than the originals. */
+ if (!combine_validate_cost (i1, i2, i3, newpat, newi2pat))
+ {
+ undo_all ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+
/* We now know that we can do this combination. Merge the insns and
update the status of registers and LOG_LINKS. */
+ if (swap_i2i3)
+ {
+ rtx insn;
+ rtx link;
+ rtx ni2dest;
+
+ /* I3 now uses what used to be its destination and which is now
+ I2's destination. This requires us to do a few adjustments. */
+ PATTERN (i3) = newpat;
+ adjust_for_new_dest (i3);
+
+ /* We need a LOG_LINK from I3 to I2. But we used to have one,
+ so we still will.
+
+ However, some later insn might be using I2's dest and have
+ a LOG_LINK pointing at I3. We must remove this link.
+ The simplest way to remove the link is to point it at I1,
+ which we know will be a NOTE. */
+
+ /* newi2pat is usually a SET here; however, recog_for_combine might
+ have added some clobbers. */
+ if (GET_CODE (newi2pat) == PARALLEL)
+ ni2dest = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (newi2pat, 0, 0));
+ else
+ ni2dest = SET_DEST (newi2pat);
+
+ for (insn = NEXT_INSN (i3);
+ insn && (this_basic_block->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
+ || insn != BB_HEAD (this_basic_block->next_bb));
+ insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
+ {
+ if (INSN_P (insn) && reg_referenced_p (ni2dest, PATTERN (insn)))
+ {
+ for (link = LOG_LINKS (insn); link;
+ link = XEXP (link, 1))
+ if (XEXP (link, 0) == i3)
+ XEXP (link, 0) = i1;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
{
rtx i3notes, i2notes, i1notes = 0;
rtx i3links, i2links, i1links = 0;
rtx midnotes = 0;
unsigned int regno;
+ /* Compute which registers we expect to eliminate. newi2pat may be setting
+ either i3dest or i2dest, so we must check it. Also, i1dest may be the
+ same as i3dest, in which case newi2pat may be setting i1dest. */
+ rtx elim_i2 = ((newi2pat && reg_set_p (i2dest, newi2pat))
+ || i2dest_in_i2src || i2dest_in_i1src
+ || !i2dest_killed
+ ? 0 : i2dest);
+ rtx elim_i1 = (i1 == 0 || i1dest_in_i1src
+ || (newi2pat && reg_set_p (i1dest, newi2pat))
+ || !i1dest_killed
+ ? 0 : i1dest);
/* Get the old REG_NOTES and LOG_LINKS from all our insns and
clear them. */
INSN_CODE (i3) = insn_code_number;
PATTERN (i3) = newpat;
- if (GET_CODE (i3) == CALL_INSN && CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i3))
+ if (CALL_P (i3) && CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i3))
{
rtx call_usage = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i3);
if (i3_subst_into_i2)
{
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (i2), 0); i++)
- if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, i)) != USE
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, i))) == REG
+ if ((GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, i)) == SET
+ || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, i)) == CLOBBER)
+ && REG_P (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, i)))
&& SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, i)) != i2dest
&& ! find_reg_note (i2, REG_UNUSED,
SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (i2), 0, i))))
for (temp = NEXT_INSN (i2);
temp && (this_basic_block->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
- || this_basic_block->head != temp);
+ || BB_HEAD (this_basic_block) != temp);
temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
if (temp != i3 && INSN_P (temp))
for (link = LOG_LINKS (temp); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
PATTERN (i2) = newi2pat;
}
else
- {
- PUT_CODE (i2, NOTE);
- NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (i2) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
- NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (i2) = 0;
- }
+ SET_INSN_DELETED (i2);
if (i1)
{
LOG_LINKS (i1) = 0;
REG_NOTES (i1) = 0;
- PUT_CODE (i1, NOTE);
- NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (i1) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
- NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (i1) = 0;
+ SET_INSN_DELETED (i1);
}
/* Get death notes for everything that is now used in either I3 or
/* Distribute all the LOG_LINKS and REG_NOTES from I1, I2, and I3. */
if (i3notes)
- distribute_notes (i3notes, i3, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX);
+ distribute_notes (i3notes, i3, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX,
+ elim_i2, elim_i1);
if (i2notes)
- distribute_notes (i2notes, i2, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX);
+ distribute_notes (i2notes, i2, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX,
+ elim_i2, elim_i1);
if (i1notes)
- distribute_notes (i1notes, i1, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX);
+ distribute_notes (i1notes, i1, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX,
+ elim_i2, elim_i1);
if (midnotes)
- distribute_notes (midnotes, NULL_RTX, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX);
+ distribute_notes (midnotes, NULL_RTX, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX,
+ elim_i2, elim_i1);
/* Distribute any notes added to I2 or I3 by recog_for_combine. We
know these are REG_UNUSED and want them to go to the desired insn,
if (newi2pat && new_i2_notes)
{
for (temp = new_i2_notes; temp; temp = XEXP (temp, 1))
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (XEXP (temp, 0)))++;
- distribute_notes (new_i2_notes, i2, i2, NULL_RTX);
+ distribute_notes (new_i2_notes, i2, i2, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
}
if (new_i3_notes)
{
for (temp = new_i3_notes; temp; temp = XEXP (temp, 1))
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (XEXP (temp, 0)))++;
- distribute_notes (new_i3_notes, i3, i3, NULL_RTX);
+ distribute_notes (new_i3_notes, i3, i3, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
}
/* If I3DEST was used in I3SRC, it really died in I3. We may need to
if (i3dest_killed)
{
- if (GET_CODE (i3dest_killed) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (i3dest_killed))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (i3dest_killed))++;
if (newi2pat && reg_set_p (i3dest_killed, newi2pat))
distribute_notes (gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, i3dest_killed,
NULL_RTX),
- NULL_RTX, i2, NULL_RTX);
+ NULL_RTX, i2, NULL_RTX, elim_i2, elim_i1);
else
distribute_notes (gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, i3dest_killed,
NULL_RTX),
- NULL_RTX, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX);
+ NULL_RTX, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX,
+ elim_i2, elim_i1);
}
if (i2dest_in_i2src)
{
- if (GET_CODE (i2dest) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (i2dest))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (i2dest))++;
if (newi2pat && reg_set_p (i2dest, newi2pat))
distribute_notes (gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, i2dest, NULL_RTX),
- NULL_RTX, i2, NULL_RTX);
+ NULL_RTX, i2, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
else
distribute_notes (gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, i2dest, NULL_RTX),
- NULL_RTX, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX);
+ NULL_RTX, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX,
+ NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
}
if (i1dest_in_i1src)
{
- if (GET_CODE (i1dest) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (i1dest))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (i1dest))++;
if (newi2pat && reg_set_p (i1dest, newi2pat))
distribute_notes (gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, i1dest, NULL_RTX),
- NULL_RTX, i2, NULL_RTX);
+ NULL_RTX, i2, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
else
distribute_notes (gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, i1dest, NULL_RTX),
- NULL_RTX, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX);
+ NULL_RTX, i3, newi2pat ? i2 : NULL_RTX,
+ NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
}
distribute_links (i3links);
distribute_links (i2links);
distribute_links (i1links);
- if (GET_CODE (i2dest) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (i2dest))
{
rtx link;
rtx i2_insn = 0, i2_val = 0, set;
}
}
- if (i1 && GET_CODE (i1dest) == REG)
+ if (i1 && REG_P (i1dest))
{
rtx link;
rtx i1_insn = 0, i1_val = 0, set;
REG_N_SETS (regno)--;
}
- /* Update reg_nonzero_bits et al for any changes that may have been made
- to this insn. The order of set_nonzero_bits_and_sign_copies() is
- important. Because newi2pat can affect nonzero_bits of newpat */
+ /* Update reg_stat[].nonzero_bits et al for any changes that may have
+ been made to this insn. The order of
+ set_nonzero_bits_and_sign_copies() is important. Because newi2pat
+ can affect nonzero_bits of newpat */
if (newi2pat)
note_stores (newi2pat, set_nonzero_bits_and_sign_copies, NULL);
note_stores (newpat, set_nonzero_bits_and_sign_copies, NULL);
if (returnjump_p (i3) || any_uncondjump_p (i3))
{
*new_direct_jump_p = 1;
+ mark_jump_label (PATTERN (i3), i3, 0);
if ((temp = next_nonnote_insn (i3)) == NULL_RTX
- || GET_CODE (temp) != BARRIER)
+ || !BARRIER_P (temp))
emit_barrier_after (i3);
}
*new_direct_jump_p = 1;
if ((temp = next_nonnote_insn (undobuf.other_insn)) == NULL_RTX
- || GET_CODE (temp) != BARRIER)
+ || !BARRIER_P (temp))
emit_barrier_after (undobuf.other_insn);
}
for (undo = undobuf.undos; undo; undo = next)
{
next = undo->next;
- if (undo->is_int)
- *undo->where.i = undo->old_contents.i;
- else
- *undo->where.r = undo->old_contents.r;
+ switch (undo->kind)
+ {
+ case UNDO_RTX:
+ *undo->where.r = undo->old_contents.r;
+ break;
+ case UNDO_INT:
+ *undo->where.i = undo->old_contents.i;
+ break;
+ case UNDO_MODE:
+ PUT_MODE (*undo->where.r, undo->old_contents.m);
+ break;
+ default:
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+ }
undo->next = undobuf.frees;
undobuf.frees = undo;
}
undobuf.undos = 0;
}
-
\f
/* Find the innermost point within the rtx at LOC, possibly LOC itself,
where we have an arithmetic expression and return that point. LOC will
#ifdef INSN_SCHEDULING
/* If we are making a paradoxical SUBREG invalid, it becomes a split
point. */
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == MEM)
+ if (MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (x)))
return loc;
#endif
return find_split_point (&SUBREG_REG (x), insn);
if (seq
&& NEXT_INSN (seq) != NULL_RTX
&& NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (seq)) == NULL_RTX
- && GET_CODE (seq) == INSN
+ && NONJUMP_INSN_P (seq)
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (seq)) == SET
&& SET_DEST (PATTERN (seq)) == reg
&& ! reg_mentioned_p (reg,
SET_SRC (PATTERN (seq)))
- && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (seq)) == INSN
+ && NONJUMP_INSN_P (NEXT_INSN (seq))
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (seq))) == SET
&& SET_DEST (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (seq))) == reg
&& memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x),
This will occur on machines that just support REG + CONST
and have a constant moved through some previous computation. */
- else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))) != 'o'
+ else if (!OBJECT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
&& ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SUBREG
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))))
- == 'o')))
+ && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)))))
return &XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
}
break;
if (SET_DEST (x) == cc0_rtx
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) != COMPARE
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) != ZERO_EXTRACT
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x))) != 'o'
+ && !OBJECT_P (SET_SRC (x))
&& ! (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SUBREG
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (x)))) == 'o'))
+ && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (x)))))
return &SET_SRC (x);
#endif
rtx dest = XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0);
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest);
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << len) - 1;
+ rtx or_mask;
if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
pos = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - len - pos;
+ or_mask = gen_int_mode (src << pos, mode);
if (src == mask)
SUBST (SET_SRC (x),
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, dest, GEN_INT (src << pos)));
+ simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, dest, or_mask));
else
- SUBST (SET_SRC (x),
- gen_binary (IOR, mode,
- gen_binary (AND, mode, dest,
- gen_int_mode (~(mask << pos),
- mode)),
- GEN_INT (src << pos)));
+ {
+ rtx negmask = gen_int_mode (~(mask << pos), mode);
+ SUBST (SET_SRC (x),
+ simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode,
+ simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
+ dest, negmask),
+ or_mask));
+ }
SUBST (SET_DEST (x), dest);
be better. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0)) == REG
+ && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0))
&& (pos = exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1)))) >= 7
- && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG
+ && REG_P (SET_DEST (x))
&& (split = find_single_use (SET_DEST (x), insn, (rtx*) 0)) != 0
&& (GET_CODE (*split) == EQ || GET_CODE (*split) == NE)
&& XEXP (*split, 0) == SET_DEST (x)
break;
case NE:
- /* if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1, this is (NE X 0) and only one bit of X
+ /* If STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1, this is (NE X 0) and only one bit of X
is known to be on, this can be converted into a NEG of a shift. */
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1 && XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1) == const0_rtx
&& GET_MODE (SET_SRC (x)) == GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0))
SUBST (SET_SRC (x),
gen_rtx_AND (mode,
gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT
- (mode, gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, inner),
+ (mode, gen_lowpart (mode, inner),
GEN_INT (pos)),
GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << len) - 1)));
gen_rtx_fmt_ee
(unsignedp ? LSHIFTRT : ASHIFTRT, mode,
gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, inner),
+ gen_lowpart (mode, inner),
GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
- len - pos)),
GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - len)));
/* See if this is a simple operation with a constant as the second
operand. It might be that this constant is out of range and hence
could be used as a split point. */
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x))) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x))) == 'c'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x))) == '<')
+ if (BINARY_P (SET_SRC (x))
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1))
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0))) == 'o'
+ && (OBJECT_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0))
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0)) == SUBREG
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0))))
- == 'o'))))
+ && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0))))))
return &XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1);
/* Finally, see if this is a simple operation with its first operand
register, so return it as a split point. We can always do this
because if the first operand were another operation, we would have
already found it as a split point. */
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x))) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x))) == 'c'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x))) == '<'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x))) == '1')
+ if ((BINARY_P (SET_SRC (x)) || UNARY_P (SET_SRC (x)))
&& ! register_operand (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0), VOIDmode))
return &XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0);
/* Otherwise, select our actions depending on our rtx class. */
switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
{
- case 'b': /* This is ZERO_EXTRACT and SIGN_EXTRACT. */
- case '3':
+ case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS: /* This is ZERO_EXTRACT and SIGN_EXTRACT. */
+ case RTX_TERNARY:
split = find_split_point (&XEXP (x, 2), insn);
if (split)
return split;
/* ... fall through ... */
- case '2':
- case 'c':
- case '<':
+ case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
+ case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
+ case RTX_COMPARE:
+ case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
split = find_split_point (&XEXP (x, 1), insn);
if (split)
return split;
/* ... fall through ... */
- case '1':
+ case RTX_UNARY:
/* Some machines have (and (shift ...) ...) insns. If X is not
an AND, but XEXP (X, 0) is, use it as our split point. */
if (GET_CODE (x) != AND && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == AND)
if (split)
return split;
return loc;
- }
- /* Otherwise, we don't have a split point. */
- return 0;
+ default:
+ /* Otherwise, we don't have a split point. */
+ return 0;
+ }
}
\f
/* Throughout X, replace FROM with TO, and return the result.
#define COMBINE_RTX_EQUAL_P(X,Y) \
((X) == (Y) \
- || (GET_CODE (X) == REG && GET_CODE (Y) == REG \
+ || (REG_P (X) && REG_P (Y) \
&& REGNO (X) == REGNO (Y) && GET_MODE (X) == GET_MODE (Y)))
if (! in_dest && COMBINE_RTX_EQUAL_P (x, from))
delete the feeding insn, which is incorrect.
So force this insn not to match in this (rare) case. */
- if (! in_dest && code == REG && GET_CODE (from) == REG
+ if (! in_dest && code == REG && REG_P (from)
&& REGNO (x) == REGNO (from))
return gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (x), const0_rtx);
/* If this is an object, we are done unless it is a MEM or LO_SUM, both
of which may contain things that can be combined. */
- if (code != MEM && code != LO_SUM && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'o')
+ if (code != MEM && code != LO_SUM && OBJECT_P (x))
return x;
/* It is possible to have a subexpression appear twice in the insn.
{
rtx dest = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (x, 0, i));
- if (GET_CODE (dest) != REG
+ if (!REG_P (dest)
&& GET_CODE (dest) != CC0
&& GET_CODE (dest) != PC)
{
where we want to suppress replacing something inside a
SET_SRC are handled via the IN_DEST operand. */
if (code == SET
- && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG
+ && (REG_P (SET_DEST (x))
|| GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == CC0
|| GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == PC))
fmt = "ie";
/* If this is a register being set, ignore it. */
new = XEXP (x, i);
if (in_dest
- && (code == SUBREG || code == STRICT_LOW_PART
- || code == ZERO_EXTRACT)
&& i == 0
- && GET_CODE (new) == REG)
+ && (((code == SUBREG || code == ZERO_EXTRACT)
+ && REG_P (new))
+ || code == STRICT_LOW_PART))
;
else if (COMBINE_RTX_EQUAL_P (XEXP (x, i), from))
#ifdef CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
if (code == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (to) == REG
+ && REG_P (to)
&& REGNO (to) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& REG_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (REGNO (to),
GET_MODE (to),
if (GET_CODE (new) == CLOBBER && XEXP (new, 0) == const0_rtx)
return new;
- if (GET_CODE (new) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
+ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG
+ && (GET_CODE (new) == CONST_INT
+ || GET_CODE (new) == CONST_DOUBLE))
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
{
x = simplify_unary_operation (ZERO_EXTEND, GET_MODE (x),
new, GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
- if (! x)
- abort ();
+ gcc_assert (x);
}
else
SUBST (XEXP (x, i), new);
/* If X is sufficiently simple, don't bother trying to do anything
with it. */
if (code != CONST_INT && code != REG && code != CLOBBER)
- x = combine_simplify_rtx (x, op0_mode, i == 3, in_dest);
+ x = combine_simplify_rtx (x, op0_mode, in_dest);
if (GET_CODE (x) == code)
break;
outer level; call `subst' to simplify recursively. Return the new
expression.
- OP0_MODE is the original mode of XEXP (x, 0); LAST is nonzero if this
- will be the iteration even if an expression with a code different from
- X is returned; IN_DEST is nonzero if we are inside a SET_DEST. */
+ OP0_MODE is the original mode of XEXP (x, 0). IN_DEST is nonzero
+ if we are inside a SET_DEST. */
static rtx
-combine_simplify_rtx (rtx x, enum machine_mode op0_mode, int last,
- int in_dest)
+combine_simplify_rtx (rtx x, enum machine_mode op0_mode, int in_dest)
{
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
rtx temp;
- rtx reversed;
int i;
/* If this is a commutative operation, put a constant last and a complex
expression first. We don't need to do this for comparisons here. */
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c'
+ if (COMMUTATIVE_ARITH_P (x)
&& swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1)))
{
temp = XEXP (x, 0);
SUBST (XEXP (x, 1), temp);
}
- /* If this is a PLUS, MINUS, or MULT, and the first operand is the
- sign extension of a PLUS with a constant, reverse the order of the sign
- extension and the addition. Note that this not the same as the original
- code, but overflow is undefined for signed values. Also note that the
- PLUS will have been partially moved "inside" the sign-extension, so that
- the first operand of X will really look like:
- (ashiftrt (plus (ashift A C4) C5) C4).
- We convert this to
- (plus (ashiftrt (ashift A C4) C2) C4)
- and replace the first operand of X with that expression. Later parts
- of this function may simplify the expression further.
-
- For example, if we start with (mult (sign_extend (plus A C1)) C2),
- we swap the SIGN_EXTEND and PLUS. Later code will apply the
- distributive law to produce (plus (mult (sign_extend X) C1) C3).
-
- We do this to simplify address expressions. */
-
- if ((code == PLUS || code == MINUS || code == MULT)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ASHIFTRT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == PLUS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0)) == ASHIFT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0), 1) == XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && (temp = simplify_binary_operation (ASHIFTRT, mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 1),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1))) != 0)
- {
- rtx new
- = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, ASHIFT, mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0), 0),
- INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)));
-
- new = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, ASHIFTRT, mode, new,
- INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)));
-
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), gen_binary (PLUS, mode, new, temp));
- }
-
/* If this is a simple operation applied to an IF_THEN_ELSE, try
applying it to the arms of the IF_THEN_ELSE. This often simplifies
things. Check for cases where both arms are testing the same
Don't do anything if all operands are very simple. */
- if (((GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '2' || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<')
- && ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) != 'o'
+ if ((BINARY_P (x)
+ && ((!OBJECT_P (XEXP (x, 0))
&& ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))))
- == 'o')))
- || (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1))) != 'o'
+ && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)))))
+ || (!OBJECT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
&& ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == SUBREG
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 1))))
- == 'o')))))
- || (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1'
- && ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) != 'o'
+ && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 1)))))))
+ || (UNARY_P (x)
+ && (!OBJECT_P (XEXP (x, 0))
&& ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))))
- == 'o'))))))
+ && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)))))))
{
rtx cond, true_rtx, false_rtx;
if (cond != 0
/* If everything is a comparison, what we have is highly unlikely
to be simpler, so don't use it. */
- && ! (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<'
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (true_rtx)) == '<'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (false_rtx)) == '<')))
+ && ! (COMPARISON_P (x)
+ && (COMPARISON_P (true_rtx) || COMPARISON_P (false_rtx))))
{
rtx cop1 = const0_rtx;
enum rtx_code cond_code = simplify_comparison (NE, &cond, &cop1);
- if (cond_code == NE && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (cond)) == '<')
+ if (cond_code == NE && COMPARISON_P (cond))
return x;
/* Simplify the alternative arms; this may collapse the true and
- false arms to store-flag values. */
- true_rtx = subst (true_rtx, pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
- false_rtx = subst (false_rtx, pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
+ false arms to store-flag values. Be careful to use copy_rtx
+ here since true_rtx or false_rtx might share RTL with x as a
+ result of the if_then_else_cond call above. */
+ true_rtx = subst (copy_rtx (true_rtx), pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
+ false_rtx = subst (copy_rtx (false_rtx), pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
/* If true_rtx and false_rtx are not general_operands, an if_then_else
is unlikely to be simpler. */
/* If the result values are STORE_FLAG_VALUE and zero, we can
just make the comparison operation. */
if (true_rtx == const_true_rtx && false_rtx == const0_rtx)
- x = gen_binary (cond_code, mode, cond, cop1);
+ x = simplify_gen_relational (cond_code, mode, VOIDmode,
+ cond, cop1);
else if (true_rtx == const0_rtx && false_rtx == const_true_rtx
&& ((reversed = reversed_comparison_code_parts
(cond_code, cond, cop1, NULL))
- != UNKNOWN))
- x = gen_binary (reversed, mode, cond, cop1);
+ != UNKNOWN))
+ x = simplify_gen_relational (reversed, mode, VOIDmode,
+ cond, cop1);
/* Likewise, we can make the negate of a comparison operation
if the result values are - STORE_FLAG_VALUE and zero. */
&& INTVAL (true_rtx) == - STORE_FLAG_VALUE
&& false_rtx == const0_rtx)
x = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
- gen_binary (cond_code, mode, cond,
- cop1),
+ simplify_gen_relational (cond_code,
+ mode, VOIDmode,
+ cond, cop1),
mode);
else if (GET_CODE (false_rtx) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (false_rtx) == - STORE_FLAG_VALUE
&& true_rtx == const0_rtx
&& ((reversed = reversed_comparison_code_parts
(cond_code, cond, cop1, NULL))
- != UNKNOWN))
+ != UNKNOWN))
x = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
- gen_binary (reversed, mode,
- cond, cop1),
+ simplify_gen_relational (reversed,
+ mode, VOIDmode,
+ cond, cop1),
mode);
else
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode,
- gen_binary (cond_code, VOIDmode,
- cond, cop1),
+ simplify_gen_relational (cond_code,
+ mode,
+ VOIDmode,
+ cond,
+ cop1),
true_rtx, false_rtx);
code = GET_CODE (x);
temp = 0;
switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
{
- case '1':
+ case RTX_UNARY:
+ if (op0_mode == VOIDmode)
+ op0_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0));
temp = simplify_unary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (x, 0), op0_mode);
break;
- case '<':
+ case RTX_COMPARE:
+ case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
{
enum machine_mode cmp_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0));
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
cmp_mode = op0_mode;
}
- temp = simplify_relational_operation (code, cmp_mode,
+ temp = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, cmp_mode,
XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
}
-#ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
- if (temp != 0 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
- {
- if (temp == const0_rtx)
- temp = CONST0_RTX (mode);
- else
- temp = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode),
- mode);
- }
-#endif
break;
- case 'c':
- case '2':
+ case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
+ case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
temp = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
break;
- case 'b':
- case '3':
+ case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS:
+ case RTX_TERNARY:
temp = simplify_ternary_operation (code, mode, op0_mode, XEXP (x, 0),
XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (x, 2));
break;
+ default:
+ break;
}
if (temp)
/* Make sure we pass the constant operand if any as the second
one if this is a commutative operation. */
- if (CONSTANT_P (inner_op0) && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c')
+ if (CONSTANT_P (inner_op0) && COMMUTATIVE_ARITH_P (x))
{
rtx tem = inner_op0;
inner_op0 = inner_op1;
/* For commutative operations, try the other pair if that one
didn't simplify. */
- if (inner == 0 && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c')
+ if (inner == 0 && COMMUTATIVE_ARITH_P (x))
{
other = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
inner = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode,
}
if (inner)
- return gen_binary (code, mode, other, inner);
+ return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, other, inner);
}
}
if (op0_mode == VOIDmode)
op0_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x));
- /* simplify_subreg can't use gen_lowpart_for_combine. */
+ /* See if this can be moved to simplify_subreg. */
if (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (x))
&& subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, op0_mode) == SUBREG_BYTE (x)
- /* Don't call gen_lowpart_for_combine if the inner mode
+ /* Don't call gen_lowpart if the inner mode
is VOIDmode and we cannot simplify it, as SUBREG without
inner mode is invalid. */
&& (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) != VOIDmode
|| gen_lowpart_common (mode, SUBREG_REG (x))))
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, SUBREG_REG (x));
+ return gen_lowpart (mode, SUBREG_REG (x));
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) == MODE_CC)
- break;
+ break;
{
rtx temp;
temp = simplify_subreg (mode, SUBREG_REG (x), op0_mode,
/* Don't change the mode of the MEM if that would change the meaning
of the address. */
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == MEM
+ if (MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (x))
&& (MEM_VOLATILE_P (SUBREG_REG (x))
|| mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (x), 0))))
return gen_rtx_CLOBBER (mode, const0_rtx);
break;
- case NOT:
- /* (not (plus X -1)) can become (neg X). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
- && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1) == constm1_rtx)
- return gen_rtx_NEG (mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
-
- /* Similarly, (not (neg X)) is (plus X -1). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == NEG)
- return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), constm1_rtx);
-
- /* (not (xor X C)) for C constant is (xor X D) with D = ~C. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == XOR
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && (temp = simplify_unary_operation (NOT, mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1),
- mode)) != 0)
- return gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), temp);
-
- /* (not (ashift 1 X)) is (rotate ~1 X). We used to do this for operands
- other than 1, but that is not valid. We could do a similar
- simplification for (not (lshiftrt C X)) where C is just the sign bit,
- but this doesn't seem common enough to bother with. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ASHIFT
- && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == const1_rtx)
- return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
- const1_rtx, mode),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
-
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
- && subreg_lowpart_p (XEXP (x, 0))
- && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
- < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)))))
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == ASHIFT
- && XEXP (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)), 0) == const1_rtx)
- {
- enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)));
-
- x = gen_rtx_ROTATE (inner_mode,
- simplify_gen_unary (NOT, inner_mode, const1_rtx,
- inner_mode),
- XEXP (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)), 1));
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, x);
- }
-
- /* If STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1, (not (comparison foo bar)) can be done by
- reversing the comparison code if valid. */
- if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) == '<'
- && (reversed = reversed_comparison (x, mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1))))
- return reversed;
-
- /* (not (ashiftrt foo C)) where C is the number of bits in FOO minus 1
- is (ge foo (const_int 0)) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1, so we can
- perform the above simplification. */
-
- if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ASHIFTRT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
- return gen_rtx_GE (mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), const0_rtx);
-
- /* Apply De Morgan's laws to reduce number of patterns for machines
- with negating logical insns (and-not, nand, etc.). If result has
- only one NOT, put it first, since that is how the patterns are
- coded. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == IOR || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == AND)
- {
- rtx in1 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), in2 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
- enum machine_mode op_mode;
-
- op_mode = GET_MODE (in1);
- in1 = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, op_mode, in1, op_mode);
-
- op_mode = GET_MODE (in2);
- if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
- op_mode = mode;
- in2 = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, op_mode, in2, op_mode);
-
- if (GET_CODE (in2) == NOT && GET_CODE (in1) != NOT)
- {
- rtx tem = in2;
- in2 = in1; in1 = tem;
- }
-
- return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == IOR ? AND : IOR,
- mode, in1, in2);
- }
- break;
-
case NEG:
- /* (neg (plus X 1)) can become (not X). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
- && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1) == const1_rtx)
- return gen_rtx_NOT (mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
-
- /* Similarly, (neg (not X)) is (plus X 1). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == NOT)
- return plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 1);
-
- /* (neg (minus X Y)) can become (minus Y X). This transformation
- isn't safe for modes with signed zeros, since if X and Y are
- both +0, (minus Y X) is the same as (minus X Y). If the rounding
- mode is towards +infinity (or -infinity) then the two expressions
- will be rounded differently. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MINUS
- && !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
- && !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
- return gen_binary (MINUS, mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
-
- /* (neg (plus A B)) is canonicalized to (minus (neg A) B). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
- && !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
- && !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
- {
- temp = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), mode);
- temp = combine_simplify_rtx (temp, mode, last, in_dest);
- return gen_binary (MINUS, mode, temp, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
- }
-
- /* (neg (mult A B)) becomes (mult (neg A) B).
- This works even for floating-point values. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
- {
- temp = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), mode);
- return gen_binary (MULT, mode, temp, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
- }
-
- /* (neg (xor A 1)) is (plus A -1) if A is known to be either 0 or 1. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == XOR && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1) == const1_rtx
- && nonzero_bits (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), mode) == 1)
- return gen_binary (PLUS, mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), constm1_rtx);
-
- /* NEG commutes with ASHIFT since it is multiplication. Only do this
- if we can then eliminate the NEG (e.g.,
- if the operand is a constant). */
-
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ASHIFT)
- {
- temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), mode);
- if (temp)
- return gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, temp, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
- }
-
temp = expand_compound_operation (XEXP (x, 0));
/* For C equal to the width of MODE minus 1, (neg (ashiftrt X C)) can be
if (GET_CODE (temp) == ASHIFTRT
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (XEXP (temp, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
- return simplify_shift_const (temp, LSHIFTRT, mode, XEXP (temp, 0),
+ return simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, LSHIFTRT, mode, XEXP (temp, 0),
INTVAL (XEXP (temp, 1)));
/* If X has only a single bit that might be nonzero, say, bit I, convert
or a SUBREG of one since we'd be making the expression more
complex if it was just a register. */
- if (GET_CODE (temp) != REG
+ if (!REG_P (temp)
&& ! (GET_CODE (temp) == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (temp)) == REG)
+ && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (temp)))
&& (i = exact_log2 (nonzero_bits (temp, mode))) >= 0)
{
rtx temp1 = simplify_shift_const
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))))
SUBST (XEXP (x, 0),
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
- GET_MODE_MASK (mode), NULL_RTX, 0));
-
- /* (truncate:SI ({sign,zero}_extend:DI foo:SI)) == foo:SI. */
- if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND)
- && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == mode)
- return XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
-
- /* (truncate:SI (OP:DI ({sign,zero}_extend:DI foo:SI))) is
- (OP:SI foo:SI) if OP is NEG or ABS. */
- if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ABS
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == NEG)
- && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND)
- && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0)) == mode)
- return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)), mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0), mode);
-
- /* (truncate:SI (subreg:DI (truncate:SI X) 0)) is
- (truncate:SI x). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == TRUNCATE
- && subreg_lowpart_p (XEXP (x, 0)))
- return SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0));
-
- /* If we know that the value is already truncated, we can
- replace the TRUNCATE with a SUBREG if TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
- is nonzero for the corresponding modes. But don't do this
- for an (LSHIFTRT (MULT ...)) since this will cause problems
- with the umulXi3_highpart patterns. */
- if (TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode),
- GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))))
- && num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
- >= (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) + 1)
- && ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == LSHIFTRT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == MULT))
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
-
- /* A truncate of a comparison can be replaced with a subreg if
- STORE_FLAG_VALUE permits. This is like the previous test,
- but it works even if the comparison is done in a mode larger
- than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) == '<'
- && ((HOST_WIDE_INT) STORE_FLAG_VALUE & ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode)) == 0)
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
+ GET_MODE_MASK (mode), 0));
- /* Similarly, a truncate of a register whose value is a
- comparison can be replaced with a subreg if STORE_FLAG_VALUE
- permits. */
+ /* Similarly to what we do in simplify-rtx.c, a truncate of a register
+ whose value is a comparison can be replaced with a subreg if
+ STORE_FLAG_VALUE permits. */
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
&& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) STORE_FLAG_VALUE & ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode)) == 0
&& (temp = get_last_value (XEXP (x, 0)))
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (temp)) == '<')
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
-
- break;
-
- case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
- /* (float_truncate:SF (float_extend:DF foo:SF)) = foo:SF. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == FLOAT_EXTEND
- && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == mode)
- return XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
-
- /* (float_truncate:SF (float_truncate:DF foo:XF))
- = (float_truncate:SF foo:XF).
- This may eliminate double rounding, so it is unsafe.
-
- (float_truncate:SF (float_extend:XF foo:DF))
- = (float_truncate:SF foo:DF).
-
- (float_truncate:DF (float_extend:XF foo:SF))
- = (float_extend:SF foo:DF). */
- if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == FLOAT_TRUNCATE
- && flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == FLOAT_EXTEND)
- return simplify_gen_unary (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0),
- 0)))
- > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
- ? FLOAT_TRUNCATE : FLOAT_EXTEND,
- mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), mode);
-
- /* (float_truncate (float x)) is (float x) */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == FLOAT
- && (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
- || ((unsigned)significand_size (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
- >= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)))
- - num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
- GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)))))))
- return simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT, mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
- GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)));
-
- /* (float_truncate:SF (OP:DF (float_extend:DF foo:sf))) is
- (OP:SF foo:SF) if OP is NEG or ABS. */
- if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ABS
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == NEG)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == FLOAT_EXTEND
- && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0)) == mode)
- return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)), mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0), mode);
-
- /* (float_truncate:SF (subreg:DF (float_truncate:SF X) 0))
- is (float_truncate:SF x). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
- && subreg_lowpart_p (XEXP (x, 0))
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == FLOAT_TRUNCATE)
- return SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0));
+ && COMPARISON_P (temp))
+ return gen_lowpart (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
break;
- case FLOAT_EXTEND:
- /* (float_extend (float_extend x)) is (float_extend x)
-
- (float_extend (float x)) is (float x) assuming that double
- rounding can't happen.
- */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == FLOAT_EXTEND
- || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == FLOAT
- && ((unsigned)significand_size (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
- >= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)))
- - num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
- GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)))))))
- return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)), mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
- GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)));
- break;
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
case COMPARE:
/* Convert (compare FOO (const_int 0)) to FOO unless we aren't
#endif
case PLUS:
- /* Canonicalize (plus (mult (neg B) C) A) to (minus A (mult B C)).
- */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == NEG)
- {
- rtx in1, in2;
-
- in1 = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0);
- in2 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
- return gen_binary (MINUS, mode, XEXP (x, 1),
- gen_binary (MULT, mode, in1, in2));
- }
-
- /* If we have (plus (plus (A const) B)), associate it so that CONST is
- outermost. That's because that's the way indexed addresses are
- supposed to appear. This code used to check many more cases, but
- they are now checked elsewhere. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
- && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)))
- return gen_binary (PLUS, mode,
- gen_binary (PLUS, mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
- XEXP (x, 1)),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
-
/* (plus (xor (and <foo> (const_int pow2 - 1)) <c>) <-c>)
when c is (const_int (pow2 + 1) / 2) is a sign extension of a
bit-field and can be replaced by either a sign_extend or a
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - (i + 1)),
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - (i + 1));
- /* (plus (comparison A B) C) can become (neg (rev-comp A B)) if
- C is 1 and STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1 or if C is -1 and STORE_FLAG_VALUE
- is 1. This produces better code than the alternative immediately
- below. */
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) == '<'
- && ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1 && XEXP (x, 1) == const1_rtx)
- || (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1 && XEXP (x, 1) == constm1_rtx))
- && (reversed = reversed_comparison (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1))))
- return
- simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, reversed, mode);
-
/* If only the low-order bit of X is possibly nonzero, (plus x -1)
can become (ashiftrt (ashift (xor x 1) C) C) where C is
the bitsize of the mode - 1. This allows simplification of
"a = (b & 8) == 0;" */
if (XEXP (x, 1) == constm1_rtx
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != REG
+ && !REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
&& ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == REG)
+ && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))))
&& nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode) == 1)
return simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, ASHIFTRT, mode,
simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, ASHIFT, mode,
& nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode)) == 0)
{
/* Try to simplify the expression further. */
- rtx tor = gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
- temp = combine_simplify_rtx (tor, mode, last, in_dest);
+ rtx tor = simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
+ temp = combine_simplify_rtx (tor, mode, in_dest);
/* If we could, great. If not, do not go ahead with the IOR
replacement, since PLUS appears in many special purpose
break;
case MINUS:
- /* If STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1, (minus 1 (comparison foo bar)) can be done
- by reversing the comparison code if valid. */
- if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
- && XEXP (x, 0) == const1_rtx
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1))) == '<'
- && (reversed = reversed_comparison (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1))))
- return reversed;
-
/* (minus <foo> (and <foo> (const_int -pow2))) becomes
(and <foo> (const_int pow2-1)) */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == AND
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), XEXP (x, 0)))
return simplify_and_const_int (NULL_RTX, mode, XEXP (x, 0),
-INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)) - 1);
-
- /* Canonicalize (minus A (mult (neg B) C)) to (plus (mult B C) A).
- */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == MULT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) == NEG)
- {
- rtx in1, in2;
-
- in1 = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), 0);
- in2 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1);
- return gen_binary (PLUS, mode, gen_binary (MULT, mode, in1, in2),
- XEXP (x, 0));
- }
-
- /* Canonicalize (minus (neg A) (mult B C)) to
- (minus (mult (neg B) C) A). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == MULT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == NEG)
- {
- rtx in1, in2;
-
- in1 = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), mode);
- in2 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1);
- return gen_binary (MINUS, mode, gen_binary (MULT, mode, in1, in2),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
- }
-
- /* Canonicalize (minus A (plus B C)) to (minus (minus A B) C) for
- integers. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PLUS && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode))
- return gen_binary (MINUS, mode,
- gen_binary (MINUS, mode, XEXP (x, 0),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1));
- break;
+ break;
case MULT:
/* If we have (mult (plus A B) C), apply the distributive law and then
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS)
{
- x = apply_distributive_law
- (gen_binary (PLUS, mode,
- gen_binary (MULT, mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), XEXP (x, 1)),
- gen_binary (MULT, mode,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1),
- copy_rtx (XEXP (x, 1)))));
-
- if (GET_CODE (x) != MULT)
- return x;
+ rtx result = distribute_and_simplify_rtx (x, 0);
+ if (result)
+ return result;
}
+
/* Try simplify a*(b/c) as (a*b)/c. */
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) && flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == DIV)
XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
XEXP (x, 1));
if (tem)
- return gen_binary (DIV, mode, tem, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
+ return simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, tem, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
}
break;
&& op1 == const0_rtx
&& mode == GET_MODE (op0)
&& nonzero_bits (op0, mode) == 1)
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode,
- expand_compound_operation (op0));
+ return gen_lowpart (mode,
+ expand_compound_operation (op0));
else if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
&& new_code == NE && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
{
op0 = expand_compound_operation (op0);
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, op0),
+ gen_lowpart (mode, op0),
mode);
}
&& nonzero_bits (op0, mode) == 1)
{
op0 = expand_compound_operation (op0);
- return gen_binary (XOR, mode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, op0),
- const1_rtx);
+ return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode,
+ gen_lowpart (mode, op0),
+ const1_rtx);
}
else if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
== GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
{
op0 = expand_compound_operation (op0);
- return plus_constant (gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, op0), 1);
+ return plus_constant (gen_lowpart (mode, op0), 1);
}
/* If STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1, we have cases similar to
&& op1 == const0_rtx
&& (num_sign_bit_copies (op0, mode)
== GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode,
- expand_compound_operation (op0));
+ return gen_lowpart (mode,
+ expand_compound_operation (op0));
else if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
&& new_code == NE && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
{
op0 = expand_compound_operation (op0);
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, op0),
+ gen_lowpart (mode, op0),
mode);
}
{
op0 = expand_compound_operation (op0);
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, op0),
+ gen_lowpart (mode, op0),
mode);
}
&& nonzero_bits (op0, mode) == 1)
{
op0 = expand_compound_operation (op0);
- return plus_constant (gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, op0), -1);
+ return plus_constant (gen_lowpart (mode, op0), -1);
}
/* If STORE_FLAG_VALUE says to just test the sign bit and X has just
case AND:
case IOR:
- case XOR:
- return simplify_logical (x, last);
-
- case ABS:
- /* (abs (neg <foo>)) -> (abs <foo>) */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == NEG)
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
-
- /* If the mode of the operand is VOIDmode (i.e. if it is ASM_OPERANDS),
- do nothing. */
- if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == VOIDmode)
- break;
-
- /* If operand is something known to be positive, ignore the ABS. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == FFS || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ABS
- || ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
- <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- && ((nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
- & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
- << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))) - 1)))
- == 0)))
- return XEXP (x, 0);
-
- /* If operand is known to be only -1 or 0, convert ABS to NEG. */
- if (num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
- return gen_rtx_NEG (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
-
- break;
-
- case FFS:
- /* (ffs (*_extend <X>)) = (ffs <X>) */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND)
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
- break;
-
- case POPCOUNT:
- case PARITY:
- /* (pop* (zero_extend <X>)) = (pop* <X>) */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND)
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
- break;
-
- case FLOAT:
- /* (float (sign_extend <X>)) = (float <X>). */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND)
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
- break;
+ return simplify_logical (x);
case ASHIFT:
case LSHIFTRT:
return simplify_shift_const (x, code, mode, XEXP (x, 0),
INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
-#ifdef SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
- else if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != REG)
+ else if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED && !REG_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
SUBST (XEXP (x, 1),
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 1), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1)),
((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
<< exact_log2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))))
- 1,
- NULL_RTX, 0));
-#endif
-
- break;
-
- case VEC_SELECT:
- {
- rtx op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
- rtx op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
- int len;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op1) != PARALLEL)
- abort ();
- len = XVECLEN (op1, 0);
- if (len == 1
- && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op1, 0, 0)) == CONST_INT
- && GET_CODE (op0) == VEC_CONCAT)
- {
- int offset = INTVAL (XVECEXP (op1, 0, 0)) * GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
-
- /* Try to find the element in the VEC_CONCAT. */
- for (;;)
- {
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == GET_MODE (x))
- return op0;
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == VEC_CONCAT)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT op0_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)));
- if (op0_size < offset)
- op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
- else
- {
- offset -= op0_size;
- op0 = XEXP (op0, 1);
- }
- }
- else
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
+ 0));
break;
default:
rtx true_rtx = XEXP (x, 1);
rtx false_rtx = XEXP (x, 2);
enum rtx_code true_code = GET_CODE (cond);
- int comparison_p = GET_RTX_CLASS (true_code) == '<';
+ int comparison_p = COMPARISON_P (cond);
rtx temp;
int i;
enum rtx_code false_code;
/* Simplify storing of the truth value. */
if (comparison_p && true_rtx == const_true_rtx && false_rtx == const0_rtx)
- return gen_binary (true_code, mode, XEXP (cond, 0), XEXP (cond, 1));
+ return simplify_gen_relational (true_code, mode, VOIDmode,
+ XEXP (cond, 0), XEXP (cond, 1));
/* Also when the truth value has to be reversed. */
if (comparison_p
&& true_rtx == const0_rtx && false_rtx == const_true_rtx
- && (reversed = reversed_comparison (cond, mode, XEXP (cond, 0),
- XEXP (cond, 1))))
+ && (reversed = reversed_comparison (cond, mode)))
return reversed;
/* Sometimes we can simplify the arm of an IF_THEN_ELSE if a register used
comparisons and see if that says anything about the value of each arm. */
if (comparison_p
- && ((false_code = combine_reversed_comparison_code (cond))
+ && ((false_code = reversed_comparison_code (cond, NULL))
!= UNKNOWN)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (cond, 0)) == REG)
+ && REG_P (XEXP (cond, 0)))
{
HOST_WIDE_INT nzb;
rtx from = XEXP (cond, 0);
the false arm is more complicated than the true arm. */
if (comparison_p
- && combine_reversed_comparison_code (cond) != UNKNOWN
+ && reversed_comparison_code (cond, NULL) != UNKNOWN
&& (true_rtx == pc_rtx
|| (CONSTANT_P (true_rtx)
&& GET_CODE (false_rtx) != CONST_INT && false_rtx != pc_rtx)
|| true_rtx == const0_rtx
- || (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (true_rtx)) == 'o'
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (false_rtx)) != 'o')
- || (GET_CODE (true_rtx) == SUBREG
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (true_rtx))) == 'o'
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (false_rtx)) != 'o')
+ || (OBJECT_P (true_rtx) && !OBJECT_P (false_rtx))
+ || (GET_CODE (true_rtx) == SUBREG && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (true_rtx))
+ && !OBJECT_P (false_rtx))
|| reg_mentioned_p (true_rtx, false_rtx)
|| rtx_equal_p (false_rtx, XEXP (cond, 0))))
{
true_code = reversed_comparison_code (cond, NULL);
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0),
- reversed_comparison (cond, GET_MODE (cond), XEXP (cond, 0),
- XEXP (cond, 1)));
-
+ SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), reversed_comparison (cond, GET_MODE (cond)));
SUBST (XEXP (x, 1), false_rtx);
SUBST (XEXP (x, 2), true_rtx);
/* It is possible that the conditional has been simplified out. */
true_code = GET_CODE (cond);
- comparison_p = GET_RTX_CLASS (true_code) == '<';
+ comparison_p = COMPARISON_P (cond);
}
/* If the two arms are identical, we don't need the comparison. */
{
case GE:
case GT:
- return gen_binary (SMAX, mode, true_rtx, false_rtx);
+ return simplify_gen_binary (SMAX, mode, true_rtx, false_rtx);
case LE:
case LT:
- return gen_binary (SMIN, mode, true_rtx, false_rtx);
+ return simplify_gen_binary (SMIN, mode, true_rtx, false_rtx);
case GEU:
case GTU:
- return gen_binary (UMAX, mode, true_rtx, false_rtx);
+ return simplify_gen_binary (UMAX, mode, true_rtx, false_rtx);
case LEU:
case LTU:
- return gen_binary (UMIN, mode, true_rtx, false_rtx);
+ return simplify_gen_binary (UMIN, mode, true_rtx, false_rtx);
default:
break;
}
rtx f = make_compound_operation (false_rtx, SET);
rtx cond_op0 = XEXP (cond, 0);
rtx cond_op1 = XEXP (cond, 1);
- enum rtx_code op = NIL, extend_op = NIL;
+ enum rtx_code op = UNKNOWN, extend_op = UNKNOWN;
enum machine_mode m = mode;
rtx z = 0, c1 = NULL_RTX;
if (z)
{
- temp = subst (gen_binary (true_code, m, cond_op0, cond_op1),
+ temp = subst (simplify_gen_relational (true_code, m, VOIDmode,
+ cond_op0, cond_op1),
pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
- temp = gen_binary (MULT, m, temp,
- gen_binary (MULT, m, c1, const_true_rtx));
+ temp = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, m, temp,
+ simplify_gen_binary (MULT, m, c1,
+ const_true_rtx));
temp = subst (temp, pc_rtx, pc_rtx, 0, 0);
- temp = gen_binary (op, m, gen_lowpart_for_combine (m, z), temp);
+ temp = simplify_gen_binary (op, m, gen_lowpart (m, z), temp);
- if (extend_op != NIL)
+ if (extend_op != UNKNOWN)
temp = simplify_gen_unary (extend_op, mode, temp, m);
return temp;
&& (i = exact_log2 (-INTVAL (true_rtx))) >= 0)))
return
simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, ASHIFT, mode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, XEXP (cond, 0)), i);
+ gen_lowpart (mode, XEXP (cond, 0)), i);
/* (IF_THEN_ELSE (NE REG 0) (0) (8)) is REG for nonzero_bits (REG) == 8. */
if (true_code == NE && XEXP (cond, 1) == const0_rtx
&& false_rtx == const0_rtx && GET_CODE (true_rtx) == CONST_INT
+ && GET_MODE (XEXP (cond, 0)) == mode
&& (INTVAL (true_rtx) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
== nonzero_bits (XEXP (cond, 0), mode)
&& (i = exact_log2 (INTVAL (true_rtx) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))) >= 0)
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
{
- src = force_to_mode (src, mode, ~(HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, NULL_RTX, 0);
+ src = force_to_mode (src, mode, ~(HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, 0);
SUBST (SET_SRC (x), src);
}
|| CC0_P (dest))
&& (cc_use = find_single_use (dest, subst_insn, &other_insn)) != 0
&& (undobuf.other_insn == 0 || other_insn == undobuf.other_insn)
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (*cc_use)) == '<'
+ && COMPARISON_P (*cc_use)
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (*cc_use, 0), dest))
{
enum rtx_code old_code = GET_CODE (*cc_use);
rtx op0, op1, tmp;
int other_changed = 0;
enum machine_mode compare_mode = GET_MODE (dest);
- enum machine_mode tmp_mode;
if (GET_CODE (src) == COMPARE)
op0 = XEXP (src, 0), op1 = XEXP (src, 1);
else
- op0 = src, op1 = const0_rtx;
+ op0 = src, op1 = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (src));
- /* Check whether the comparison is known at compile time. */
- if (GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode)
- tmp_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
- else if (GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode)
- tmp_mode = GET_MODE (op1);
+ tmp = simplify_relational_operation (old_code, compare_mode, VOIDmode,
+ op0, op1);
+ if (!tmp)
+ new_code = old_code;
+ else if (!CONSTANT_P (tmp))
+ {
+ new_code = GET_CODE (tmp);
+ op0 = XEXP (tmp, 0);
+ op1 = XEXP (tmp, 1);
+ }
else
- tmp_mode = compare_mode;
- tmp = simplify_relational_operation (old_code, tmp_mode, op0, op1);
- if (tmp != NULL_RTX)
{
rtx pat = PATTERN (other_insn);
undobuf.other_insn = other_insn;
}
/* Simplify our comparison, if possible. */
- new_code = simplify_comparison (old_code, &op0, &op1);
+ new_code = simplify_comparison (new_code, &op0, &op1);
-#ifdef EXTRA_CC_MODES
+#ifdef SELECT_CC_MODE
/* If this machine has CC modes other than CCmode, check to see if we
need to use a different CC mode here. */
- compare_mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (new_code, op0, op1);
-#endif /* EXTRA_CC_MODES */
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC)
+ compare_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
+ else
+ compare_mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (new_code, op0, op1);
-#if !defined (HAVE_cc0) && defined (EXTRA_CC_MODES)
+#ifndef HAVE_cc0
/* If the mode changed, we have to change SET_DEST, the mode in the
compare, and the mode in the place SET_DEST is used. If SET_DEST is
a hard register, just build new versions with the proper mode. If it
which case we can safely change its mode. */
if (compare_mode != GET_MODE (dest))
{
- unsigned int regno = REGNO (dest);
- rtx new_dest = gen_rtx_REG (compare_mode, regno);
-
- if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- || (REG_N_SETS (regno) == 1 && ! REG_USERVAR_P (dest)))
+ if (can_change_dest_mode (dest, 0, compare_mode))
{
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- SUBST (regno_reg_rtx[regno], new_dest);
+ unsigned int regno = REGNO (dest);
+ rtx new_dest;
+
+ if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ new_dest = gen_rtx_REG (compare_mode, regno);
+ else
+ {
+ SUBST_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[regno], compare_mode);
+ new_dest = regno_reg_rtx[regno];
+ }
SUBST (SET_DEST (x), new_dest);
SUBST (XEXP (*cc_use, 0), new_dest);
dest = new_dest;
}
}
-#endif
+#endif /* cc0 */
+#endif /* SELECT_CC_MODE */
/* If the code changed, we have to build a new comparison in
undobuf.other_insn. */
if (new_code != old_code)
{
+ int other_changed_previously = other_changed;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask;
SUBST (*cc_use, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (new_code, GET_MODE (*cc_use),
dest, const0_rtx));
+ other_changed = 1;
/* If the only change we made was to change an EQ into an NE or
vice versa, OP0 has only one bit that might be nonzero, and OP1
if (((old_code == NE && new_code == EQ)
|| (old_code == EQ && new_code == NE))
- && ! other_changed && op1 == const0_rtx
+ && ! other_changed_previously && op1 == const0_rtx
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
&& exact_log2 (mask = nonzero_bits (op0, GET_MODE (op0))) >= 0)
{
&& ! check_asm_operands (pat)))
{
PUT_CODE (*cc_use, old_code);
- other_insn = 0;
+ other_changed = 0;
- op0 = gen_binary (XOR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, GEN_INT (mask));
+ op0 = simplify_gen_binary (XOR, GET_MODE (op0),
+ op0, GEN_INT (mask));
}
}
-
- other_changed = 1;
}
if (other_changed)
SUBST (SET_SRC (x), gen_rtx_COMPARE (compare_mode, op0, op1));
src = SET_SRC (x);
}
+ else if (GET_MODE (op0) == compare_mode && op1 == const0_rtx)
+ {
+ SUBST(SET_SRC (x), op0);
+ src = SET_SRC (x);
+ }
else
{
/* Otherwise, update the COMPARE if needed. */
SUBST (SET_SRC (x), src);
}
-#ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
/* If we have (set x (subreg:m1 (op:m2 ...) 0)) with OP being some operation,
and X being a REG or (subreg (reg)), we may be able to convert this to
(set (subreg:m2 x) (op)).
- On a machine where WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS is defined, this
- transformation is safe as long as M1 and M2 have the same number
- of words.
+ We can always do this if M1 is narrower than M2 because that means that
+ we only care about the low bits of the result.
- However, on a machine without WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS defined,
- we cannot apply this transformation because it would create a
- paradoxical subreg in SET_DEST. */
+ However, on machines without WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS defined, we cannot
+ perform a narrower operation than requested since the high-order bits will
+ be undefined. On machine where it is defined, this transformation is safe
+ as long as M1 and M2 have the same number of words. */
if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG && subreg_lowpart_p (src)
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (src))) != 'o'
+ && !OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (src))
&& (((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1))
/ UNITS_PER_WORD)
== ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src)))
+ (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD))
+#ifndef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
+ && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src))
+ < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))))
+#endif
#ifdef CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
- && ! (GET_CODE (dest) == REG && REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
+ && ! (REG_P (dest) && REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& REG_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (REGNO (dest),
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src)),
GET_MODE (src)))
#endif
- && (GET_CODE (dest) == REG
+ && (REG_P (dest)
|| (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (dest)) == REG)))
+ && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (dest)))))
{
SUBST (SET_DEST (x),
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src)),
+ gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src)),
dest));
SUBST (SET_SRC (x), SUBREG_REG (src));
src = SET_SRC (x), dest = SET_DEST (x);
}
-#endif
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
/* If we have (set (cc0) (subreg ...)), we try to remove the subreg
zero_extend to avoid the reload that would otherwise be required. */
if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG && subreg_lowpart_p (src)
- && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))) != NIL
+ && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))) != UNKNOWN
&& SUBREG_BYTE (src) == 0
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src))
> GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))))
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (src)) == MEM)
+ && MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (src)))
{
SUBST (SET_SRC (x),
- gen_rtx (LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))),
- GET_MODE (src), SUBREG_REG (src)));
+ gen_rtx_fmt_e (LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))),
+ GET_MODE (src), SUBREG_REG (src)));
src = SET_SRC (x);
}
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (false_rtx, 1), true_rtx))
term1 = true_rtx, false_rtx = XEXP (false_rtx, 0), true_rtx = const0_rtx;
- term2 = gen_binary (AND, GET_MODE (src),
- XEXP (XEXP (src, 0), 0), true_rtx);
- term3 = gen_binary (AND, GET_MODE (src),
- simplify_gen_unary (NOT, GET_MODE (src),
- XEXP (XEXP (src, 0), 0),
- GET_MODE (src)),
- false_rtx);
+ term2 = simplify_gen_binary (AND, GET_MODE (src),
+ XEXP (XEXP (src, 0), 0), true_rtx);
+ term3 = simplify_gen_binary (AND, GET_MODE (src),
+ simplify_gen_unary (NOT, GET_MODE (src),
+ XEXP (XEXP (src, 0), 0),
+ GET_MODE (src)),
+ false_rtx);
SUBST (SET_SRC (x),
- gen_binary (IOR, GET_MODE (src),
- gen_binary (IOR, GET_MODE (src), term1, term2),
- term3));
+ simplify_gen_binary (IOR, GET_MODE (src),
+ simplify_gen_binary (IOR, GET_MODE (src),
+ term1, term2),
+ term3));
src = SET_SRC (x);
}
}
\f
/* Simplify, X, and AND, IOR, or XOR operation, and return the simplified
- result. LAST is nonzero if this is the last retry. */
+ result. */
static rtx
-simplify_logical (rtx x, int last)
+simplify_logical (rtx x)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
rtx op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
rtx op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
- rtx reversed;
switch (GET_CODE (x))
{
case AND:
- /* Convert (A ^ B) & A to A & (~B) since the latter is often a single
- insn (and may simplify more). */
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
- && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
- && ! side_effects_p (op1))
- x = gen_binary (AND, mode,
- simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op0, 1), mode),
- op1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
- && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
- && ! side_effects_p (op1))
- x = gen_binary (AND, mode,
- simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), mode),
- op1);
-
- /* Similarly for (~(A ^ B)) & A. */
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == XOR
- && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), op1)
- && ! side_effects_p (op1))
- x = gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1), op1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == XOR
- && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1), op1)
- && ! side_effects_p (op1))
- x = gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), op1);
-
/* We can call simplify_and_const_int only if we don't lose
any (sign) bits when converting INTVAL (op1) to
"unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT". */
|| INTVAL (op1) > 0))
{
x = simplify_and_const_int (x, mode, op0, INTVAL (op1));
-
- /* If we have (ior (and (X C1) C2)) and the next restart would be
- the last, simplify this by making C1 as small as possible
- and then exit. */
- if (last
- && GET_CODE (x) == IOR && GET_CODE (op0) == AND
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
- return gen_binary (IOR, mode,
- gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
- GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1))
- & ~INTVAL (op1))), op1);
-
if (GET_CODE (x) != AND)
return x;
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == 'c'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '2')
- op0 = XEXP (x, 0), op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
+ op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
+ op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
}
- /* Convert (A | B) & A to A. */
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == IOR
- && (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
- || rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
- && ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0))
- && ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
- return op1;
-
- /* In the following group of tests (and those in case IOR below),
- we start with some combination of logical operations and apply
- the distributive law followed by the inverse distributive law.
- Most of the time, this results in no change. However, if some of
- the operands are the same or inverses of each other, simplifications
- will result.
-
- For example, (and (ior A B) (not B)) can occur as the result of
- expanding a bit field assignment. When we apply the distributive
- law to this, we get (ior (and (A (not B))) (and (B (not B)))),
- which then simplifies to (and (A (not B))).
-
- If we have (and (ior A B) C), apply the distributive law and then
- the inverse distributive law to see if things simplify. */
-
+ /* If we have any of (and (ior A B) C) or (and (xor A B) C),
+ apply the distributive law and then the inverse distributive
+ law to see if things simplify. */
if (GET_CODE (op0) == IOR || GET_CODE (op0) == XOR)
{
- x = apply_distributive_law
- (gen_binary (GET_CODE (op0), mode,
- gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1),
- gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (op0, 1),
- copy_rtx (op1))));
- if (GET_CODE (x) != AND)
- return x;
+ rtx result = distribute_and_simplify_rtx (x, 0);
+ if (result)
+ return result;
}
-
if (GET_CODE (op1) == IOR || GET_CODE (op1) == XOR)
- return apply_distributive_law
- (gen_binary (GET_CODE (op1), mode,
- gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0),
- gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (op1, 1),
- copy_rtx (op0))));
-
- /* Similarly, taking advantage of the fact that
- (and (not A) (xor B C)) == (xor (ior A B) (ior A C)) */
-
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT && GET_CODE (op1) == XOR)
- return apply_distributive_law
- (gen_binary (XOR, mode,
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0)),
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, copy_rtx (XEXP (op0, 0)),
- XEXP (op1, 1))));
-
- else if (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT && GET_CODE (op0) == XOR)
- return apply_distributive_law
- (gen_binary (XOR, mode,
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), XEXP (op0, 0)),
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, copy_rtx (XEXP (op1, 0)), XEXP (op0, 1))));
+ {
+ rtx result = distribute_and_simplify_rtx (x, 1);
+ if (result)
+ return result;
+ }
break;
case IOR:
- /* (ior A C) is C if all bits of A that might be nonzero are on in C. */
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && (nonzero_bits (op0, mode) & ~INTVAL (op1)) == 0)
- return op1;
-
- /* Convert (A & B) | A to A. */
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
- && (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
- || rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
- && ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0))
- && ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
- return op1;
-
/* If we have (ior (and A B) C), apply the distributive law and then
the inverse distributive law to see if things simplify. */
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND)
{
- x = apply_distributive_law
- (gen_binary (AND, mode,
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1),
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 1),
- copy_rtx (op1))));
-
- if (GET_CODE (x) != IOR)
- return x;
+ rtx result = distribute_and_simplify_rtx (x, 0);
+ if (result)
+ return result;
}
if (GET_CODE (op1) == AND)
{
- x = apply_distributive_law
- (gen_binary (AND, mode,
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0),
- gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (op1, 1),
- copy_rtx (op0))));
-
- if (GET_CODE (x) != IOR)
- return x;
- }
-
- /* Convert (ior (ashift A CX) (lshiftrt A CY)) where CX+CY equals the
- mode size to (rotate A CX). */
-
- if (((GET_CODE (op0) == ASHIFT && GET_CODE (op1) == LSHIFTRT)
- || (GET_CODE (op1) == ASHIFT && GET_CODE (op0) == LSHIFTRT))
- && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0))
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && (INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) + INTVAL (XEXP (op1, 1))
- == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
- return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
- (GET_CODE (op0) == ASHIFT
- ? XEXP (op0, 1) : XEXP (op1, 1)));
-
- /* If OP0 is (ashiftrt (plus ...) C), it might actually be
- a (sign_extend (plus ...)). If so, OP1 is a CONST_INT, and the PLUS
- does not affect any of the bits in OP1, it can really be done
- as a PLUS and we can associate. We do this by seeing if OP1
- can be safely shifted left C bits. */
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op0) == ASHIFTRT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == PLUS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- {
- int count = INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1));
- HOST_WIDE_INT mask = INTVAL (op1) << count;
-
- if (mask >> count == INTVAL (op1)
- && (mask & nonzero_bits (XEXP (op0, 0), mode)) == 0)
- {
- SUBST (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1),
- GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1)) | mask));
- return op0;
- }
+ rtx result = distribute_and_simplify_rtx (x, 1);
+ if (result)
+ return result;
}
break;
- case XOR:
- /* If we are XORing two things that have no bits in common,
- convert them into an IOR. This helps to detect rotation encoded
- using those methods and possibly other simplifications. */
-
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && (nonzero_bits (op0, mode)
- & nonzero_bits (op1, mode)) == 0)
- return (gen_binary (IOR, mode, op0, op1));
-
- /* Convert (XOR (NOT x) (NOT y)) to (XOR x y).
- Also convert (XOR (NOT x) y) to (NOT (XOR x y)), similarly for
- (NOT y). */
- {
- int num_negated = 0;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT)
- num_negated++, op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT)
- num_negated++, op1 = XEXP (op1, 0);
-
- if (num_negated == 2)
- {
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), op0);
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 1), op1);
- }
- else if (num_negated == 1)
- return
- simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1),
- mode);
- }
-
- /* Convert (xor (and A B) B) to (and (not A) B). The latter may
- correspond to a machine insn or result in further simplifications
- if B is a constant. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
- && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
- && ! side_effects_p (op1))
- return gen_binary (AND, mode,
- simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), mode),
- op1);
-
- else if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
- && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
- && ! side_effects_p (op1))
- return gen_binary (AND, mode,
- simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op0, 1), mode),
- op1);
-
- /* (xor (comparison foo bar) (const_int 1)) can become the reversed
- comparison if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
- if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
- && op1 == const1_rtx
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op0)) == '<'
- && (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
- XEXP (op0, 1))))
- return reversed;
-
- /* (lshiftrt foo C) where C is the number of bits in FOO minus 1
- is (lt foo (const_int 0)), so we can perform the above
- simplification if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
-
- if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
- && op1 == const1_rtx
- && GET_CODE (op0) == LSHIFTRT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
- return gen_rtx_GE (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
-
- /* (xor (comparison foo bar) (const_int sign-bit))
- when STORE_FLAG_VALUE is the sign bit. */
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
- == (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1))
- && op1 == const_true_rtx
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op0)) == '<'
- && (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
- XEXP (op0, 1))))
- return reversed;
-
- break;
-
default:
- abort ();
+ gcc_unreachable ();
}
return x;
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
unsignedp = 1;
+
+ /* ... fall through ... */
+
case SIGN_EXTRACT:
/* If the operand is a CLOBBER, just return it. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CLOBBER)
len = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
pos = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 2));
- /* If this goes outside the object being extracted, replace the object
- with a (use (mem ...)) construct that only combine understands
- and is used only for this purpose. */
+ /* This should stay within the object being extracted, fail otherwise. */
if (len + pos > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))))
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), gen_rtx_USE (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0)));
+ return x;
if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
pos = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))) - len - pos;
if (GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTEND)
{
/* (zero_extend:DI (truncate:SI foo:DI)) is just foo:DI if we
- know that the last value didn't have any inappropriate bits
- set. */
+ know that the last value didn't have any inappropriate bits
+ set. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == TRUNCATE
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == GET_MODE (x)
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
return SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0));
/* (zero_extend:DI (truncate:SI foo:DI)) is just foo:DI when foo
- is a comparison and STORE_FLAG_VALUE permits. This is like
- the first case, but it works even when GET_MODE (x) is larger
- than HOST_WIDE_INT. */
+ is a comparison and STORE_FLAG_VALUE permits. This is like
+ the first case, but it works even when GET_MODE (x) is larger
+ than HOST_WIDE_INT. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == TRUNCATE
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == GET_MODE (x)
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))) == '<'
+ && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
&& (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
&& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) STORE_FLAG_VALUE
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == GET_MODE (x)
&& subreg_lowpart_p (XEXP (x, 0))
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)))) == '<'
+ && COMPARISON_P (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)))
&& (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
&& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) STORE_FLAG_VALUE
modewidth = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x));
if (modewidth + len >= pos)
- tem = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, unsignedp ? LSHIFTRT : ASHIFTRT,
- GET_MODE (x),
- simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, ASHIFT,
- GET_MODE (x),
- XEXP (x, 0),
- modewidth - pos - len),
- modewidth - len);
-
+ {
+ enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
+ tem = gen_lowpart (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
+ if (!tem || GET_CODE (tem) == CLOBBER)
+ return x;
+ tem = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, ASHIFT, mode,
+ tem, modewidth - pos - len);
+ tem = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, unsignedp ? LSHIFTRT : ASHIFTRT,
+ mode, tem, modewidth - len);
+ }
else if (unsignedp && len < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
tem = simplify_and_const_int (NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (x),
simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, LSHIFTRT,
rtx inner;
rtx pos; /* Always counts from low bit. */
int len;
- rtx mask;
+ rtx mask, cleared, masked;
enum machine_mode compute_mode;
/* Loop until we find something we can't simplify. */
len = INTVAL (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 1));
pos = XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 2);
- /* If the position is constant and spans the width of INNER,
- surround INNER with a USE to indicate this. */
+ /* A constant position should stay within the width of INNER. */
if (GET_CODE (pos) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (pos) + len > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (inner)))
- inner = gen_rtx_USE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x)), inner);
+ break;
if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
/* If position is ADJUST - X, new position is X. */
pos = XEXP (pos, 0);
else
- pos = gen_binary (MINUS, GET_MODE (pos),
- GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (inner))
- - len),
- pos);
+ pos = simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, GET_MODE (pos),
+ GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (
+ GET_MODE (inner))
+ - len),
+ pos);
}
}
+ (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD)))
{
x = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)),
- gen_lowpart_for_combine
+ gen_lowpart
(GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))),
SET_SRC (x)));
continue;
break;
compute_mode = imode;
- inner = gen_lowpart_for_combine (imode, inner);
+ inner = gen_lowpart (imode, inner);
}
/* Compute a mask of LEN bits, if we can do this on the host machine. */
- if (len < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- mask = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << len) - 1);
- else
+ if (len >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
break;
/* Now compute the equivalent expression. Make a copy of INNER
for the SET_DEST in case it is a MEM into which we will substitute;
we don't want shared RTL in that case. */
- x = gen_rtx_SET
- (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (inner),
- gen_binary (IOR, compute_mode,
- gen_binary (AND, compute_mode,
- simplify_gen_unary (NOT, compute_mode,
- gen_binary (ASHIFT,
- compute_mode,
- mask, pos),
- compute_mode),
- inner),
- gen_binary (ASHIFT, compute_mode,
- gen_binary (AND, compute_mode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine
- (compute_mode, SET_SRC (x)),
- mask),
- pos)));
+ mask = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << len) - 1);
+ cleared = simplify_gen_binary (AND, compute_mode,
+ simplify_gen_unary (NOT, compute_mode,
+ simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT,
+ compute_mode,
+ mask, pos),
+ compute_mode),
+ inner);
+ masked = simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, compute_mode,
+ simplify_gen_binary (
+ AND, compute_mode,
+ gen_lowpart (compute_mode, SET_SRC (x)),
+ mask),
+ pos);
+
+ x = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (inner),
+ simplify_gen_binary (IOR, compute_mode,
+ cleared, masked));
}
return x;
it is an RTX that represents a variable starting position; otherwise,
POS is the (constant) starting bit position (counted from the LSB).
- INNER may be a USE. This will occur when we started with a bitfield
- that went outside the boundary of the object in memory, which is
- allowed on most machines. To isolate this case, we produce a USE
- whose mode is wide enough and surround the MEM with it. The only
- code that understands the USE is this routine. If it is not removed,
- it will cause the resulting insn not to match.
-
UNSIGNEDP is nonzero for an unsigned reference and zero for a
signed reference.
ignore the POS lowest bits, etc. */
enum machine_mode is_mode = GET_MODE (inner);
enum machine_mode inner_mode;
- enum machine_mode wanted_inner_mode = byte_mode;
+ enum machine_mode wanted_inner_mode;
enum machine_mode wanted_inner_reg_mode = word_mode;
enum machine_mode pos_mode = word_mode;
enum machine_mode extraction_mode = word_mode;
enum machine_mode tmode = mode_for_size (len, MODE_INT, 1);
- int spans_byte = 0;
rtx new = 0;
rtx orig_pos_rtx = pos_rtx;
HOST_WIDE_INT orig_pos;
- /* Get some information about INNER and get the innermost object. */
- if (GET_CODE (inner) == USE)
- /* (use:SI (mem:QI foo)) stands for (mem:SI foo). */
- /* We don't need to adjust the position because we set up the USE
- to pretend that it was a full-word object. */
- spans_byte = 1, inner = XEXP (inner, 0);
- else if (GET_CODE (inner) == SUBREG && subreg_lowpart_p (inner))
+ if (GET_CODE (inner) == SUBREG && subreg_lowpart_p (inner))
{
/* If going from (subreg:SI (mem:QI ...)) to (mem:QI ...),
consider just the QI as the memory to extract from.
The subreg adds or removes high bits; its mode is
irrelevant to the meaning of this extraction,
since POS and LEN count from the lsb. */
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (inner)) == MEM)
+ if (MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (inner)))
is_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (inner));
inner = SUBREG_REG (inner);
}
appropriate STRICT_LOW_PART operation available.
For MEM, we can avoid an extract if the field starts on an appropriate
- boundary and we can change the mode of the memory reference. However,
- we cannot directly access the MEM if we have a USE and the underlying
- MEM is not TMODE. This combination means that MEM was being used in a
- context where bits outside its mode were being referenced; that is only
- valid in bit-field insns. */
+ boundary and we can change the mode of the memory reference. */
if (tmode != BLKmode
- && ! (spans_byte && inner_mode != tmode)
&& ((pos_rtx == 0 && (pos % BITS_PER_WORD) == 0
- && GET_CODE (inner) != MEM
+ && !MEM_P (inner)
+ && (inner_mode == tmode
+ || !REG_P (inner)
+ || TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode),
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
+ || reg_truncated_to_mode (tmode, inner))
&& (! in_dest
- || (GET_CODE (inner) == REG
+ || (REG_P (inner)
&& have_insn_for (STRICT_LOW_PART, tmode))))
- || (GET_CODE (inner) == MEM && pos_rtx == 0
+ || (MEM_P (inner) && pos_rtx == 0
&& (pos
% (STRICT_ALIGNMENT ? GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (tmode)
: BITS_PER_UNIT)) == 0
If INNER is not a MEM, get a piece consisting of just the field
of interest (in this case POS % BITS_PER_WORD must be 0). */
- if (GET_CODE (inner) == MEM)
+ if (MEM_P (inner))
{
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
new = adjust_address_nv (inner, tmode, offset);
}
- else if (GET_CODE (inner) == REG)
+ else if (REG_P (inner))
{
if (tmode != inner_mode)
{
- if (in_dest)
+ /* We can't call gen_lowpart in a DEST since we
+ always want a SUBREG (see below) and it would sometimes
+ return a new hard register. */
+ if (pos || in_dest)
{
- /* We can't call gen_lowpart_for_combine here since we always want
- a SUBREG and it would sometimes return a new hard register. */
HOST_WIDE_INT final_word = pos / BITS_PER_WORD;
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
/* Avoid creating invalid subregs, for example when
simplifying (x>>32)&255. */
- if (final_word >= GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode))
+ if (!validate_subreg (tmode, inner_mode, inner, final_word))
return NULL_RTX;
new = gen_rtx_SUBREG (tmode, inner, final_word);
}
else
- new = gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, inner);
+ new = gen_lowpart (tmode, inner);
}
else
new = inner;
len >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
? ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0
: ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << len) - 1,
- NULL_RTX, 0);
+ 0);
/* If this extraction is going into the destination of a SET,
make a STRICT_LOW_PART unless we made a MEM. */
if (in_dest)
- return (GET_CODE (new) == MEM ? new
+ return (MEM_P (new) ? new
: (GET_CODE (new) != SUBREG
? gen_rtx_CLOBBER (tmode, const0_rtx)
: gen_rtx_STRICT_LOW_PART (VOIDmode, new)));
don't do anything with zero-extending field extracts starting at
the low-order bit since they are simple AND operations. */
if (pos_rtx == 0 && pos == 0 && ! in_dest
- && ! in_compare && ! spans_byte && unsignedp)
+ && ! in_compare && unsignedp)
return 0;
- /* Unless we are allowed to span bytes or INNER is not MEM, reject this if
- we would be spanning bytes or if the position is not a constant and the
- length is not 1. In all other cases, we would only be going outside
- our object in cases when an original shift would have been
- undefined. */
- if (! spans_byte && GET_CODE (inner) == MEM
+ /* Unless INNER is not MEM, reject this if we would be spanning bytes or
+ if the position is not a constant and the length is not 1. In all
+ other cases, we would only be going outside our object in cases when
+ an original shift would have been undefined. */
+ if (MEM_P (inner)
&& ((pos_rtx == 0 && pos + len > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (is_mode))
|| (pos_rtx != 0 && len != 1)))
return 0;
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (pos_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (pos_rtx)))
pos_mode = GET_MODE (pos_rtx);
- /* If this is not from memory, the desired mode is wanted_inner_reg_mode;
- if we have to change the mode of memory and cannot, the desired mode is
- EXTRACTION_MODE. */
- if (GET_CODE (inner) != MEM)
+ /* If this is not from memory, the desired mode is the preferred mode
+ for an extraction pattern's first input operand, or word_mode if there
+ is none. */
+ if (!MEM_P (inner))
wanted_inner_mode = wanted_inner_reg_mode;
- else if (inner_mode != wanted_inner_mode
- && (mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (inner, 0))
- || MEM_VOLATILE_P (inner)))
- wanted_inner_mode = extraction_mode;
+ else
+ {
+ /* Be careful not to go beyond the extracted object and maintain the
+ natural alignment of the memory. */
+ wanted_inner_mode = smallest_mode_for_size (len, MODE_INT);
+ while (pos % GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_inner_mode) + len
+ > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_inner_mode))
+ {
+ wanted_inner_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wanted_inner_mode);
+ gcc_assert (wanted_inner_mode != VOIDmode);
+ }
+
+ /* If we have to change the mode of memory and cannot, the desired mode
+ is EXTRACTION_MODE. */
+ if (inner_mode != wanted_inner_mode
+ && (mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (inner, 0))
+ || MEM_VOLATILE_P (inner)
+ || pos_rtx))
+ wanted_inner_mode = extraction_mode;
+ }
orig_pos = pos;
If it's a MEM we need to recompute POS relative to that.
However, if we're extracting from (or inserting into) a register,
we want to recompute POS relative to wanted_inner_mode. */
- int width = (GET_CODE (inner) == MEM
+ int width = (MEM_P (inner)
? GET_MODE_BITSIZE (is_mode)
: GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_inner_mode));
pos_rtx
= gen_rtx_MINUS (GET_MODE (pos_rtx), GEN_INT (width - len), pos_rtx);
/* POS may be less than 0 now, but we check for that below.
- Note that it can only be less than 0 if GET_CODE (inner) != MEM. */
+ Note that it can only be less than 0 if !MEM_P (inner). */
}
- /* If INNER has a wider mode, make it smaller. If this is a constant
- extract, try to adjust the byte to point to the byte containing
+ /* If INNER has a wider mode, and this is a constant extraction, try to
+ make it smaller and adjust the byte to point to the byte containing
the value. */
if (wanted_inner_mode != VOIDmode
+ && inner_mode != wanted_inner_mode
+ && ! pos_rtx
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_inner_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode)
- && ((GET_CODE (inner) == MEM
- && (inner_mode == wanted_inner_mode
- || (! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (inner, 0))
- && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (inner))))))
+ && MEM_P (inner)
+ && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (inner, 0))
+ && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (inner))
{
int offset = 0;
/* If bytes are big endian and we had a paradoxical SUBREG, we must
adjust OFFSET to compensate. */
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
- && ! spans_byte
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode))
offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode);
- /* If this is a constant position, we can move to the desired byte. */
- if (pos_rtx == 0)
- {
- offset += pos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
- pos %= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_inner_mode);
- }
+ /* We can now move to the desired byte. */
+ offset += (pos / GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_inner_mode))
+ * GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_inner_mode);
+ pos %= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_inner_mode);
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
- && ! spans_byte
&& is_mode != wanted_inner_mode)
offset = (GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode)
- GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_inner_mode) - offset);
- if (offset != 0 || inner_mode != wanted_inner_mode)
- inner = adjust_address_nv (inner, wanted_inner_mode, offset);
+ inner = adjust_address_nv (inner, wanted_inner_mode, offset);
}
/* If INNER is not memory, we can always get it into the proper mode. If we
are changing its mode, POS must be a constant and smaller than the size
of the new mode. */
- else if (GET_CODE (inner) != MEM)
+ else if (!MEM_P (inner))
{
if (GET_MODE (inner) != wanted_inner_mode
&& (pos_rtx != 0
|| orig_pos + len > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_inner_mode)))
return 0;
+ if (orig_pos < 0)
+ return 0;
+
inner = force_to_mode (inner, wanted_inner_mode,
pos_rtx
|| len + orig_pos >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
? ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0
: ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << len) - 1)
<< orig_pos),
- NULL_RTX, 0);
+ 0);
}
/* Adjust mode of POS_RTX, if needed. If we want a wider mode, we
}
else if (pos_rtx != 0
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (pos_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (pos_rtx)))
- pos_rtx = gen_lowpart_for_combine (pos_mode, pos_rtx);
+ pos_rtx = gen_lowpart (pos_mode, pos_rtx);
/* Make POS_RTX unless we already have it and it is correct. If we don't
have a POS_RTX but we do have an ORIG_POS_RTX, the latter must
new = gen_rtx_fmt_eee (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTRACT : SIGN_EXTRACT,
extraction_mode, inner, GEN_INT (len), pos_rtx);
if (! in_dest)
- new = gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, new);
+ new = gen_lowpart (mode, new);
return new;
}
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << count)) - 1)) == 0
&& (tem = extract_left_shift (XEXP (x, 0), count)) != 0)
- return gen_binary (code, mode, tem,
- GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >> count));
+ return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem,
+ GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >> count));
break;
but once inside, go back to our default of SET. */
next_code = (code == MEM || code == PLUS || code == MINUS ? MEM
- : ((code == COMPARE || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<')
+ : ((code == COMPARE || COMPARISON_P (x))
&& XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx) ? COMPARE
: in_code == COMPARE ? SET : in_code);
also do this for some cases of SIGN_EXTRACT, but it doesn't
seem worth the effort; the case checked for occurs on Alpha. */
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (lhs)) != 'o'
+ if (!OBJECT_P (lhs)
&& ! (GET_CODE (lhs) == SUBREG
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (lhs))) == 'o'))
+ && (OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (lhs))))
&& GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (rhs) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
&& (new = extract_left_shift (lhs, INTVAL (rhs))) != 0)
what it originally did, do this SUBREG as a force_to_mode. */
tem = make_compound_operation (SUBREG_REG (x), in_code);
- if (GET_CODE (tem) != GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x))
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (tem))
- && subreg_lowpart_p (x))
- {
- rtx newer = force_to_mode (tem, mode, ~(HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
- NULL_RTX, 0);
- /* If we have something other than a SUBREG, we might have
- done an expansion, so rerun ourselves. */
- if (GET_CODE (newer) != SUBREG)
- newer = make_compound_operation (newer, in_code);
+ {
+ rtx simplified;
+ simplified = simplify_subreg (GET_MODE (x), tem, GET_MODE (tem),
+ SUBREG_BYTE (x));
- return newer;
- }
+ if (simplified)
+ tem = simplified;
- /* If this is a paradoxical subreg, and the new code is a sign or
- zero extension, omit the subreg and widen the extension. If it
- is a regular subreg, we can still get rid of the subreg by not
- widening so much, or in fact removing the extension entirely. */
- if ((GET_CODE (tem) == SIGN_EXTEND
- || GET_CODE (tem) == ZERO_EXTEND)
- && subreg_lowpart_p (x))
- {
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (tem))
- || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >
- GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0)))))
- {
- if (! SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
- break;
- tem = gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (tem), mode, XEXP (tem, 0));
- }
- else
- tem = gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, XEXP (tem, 0));
+ if (GET_CODE (tem) != GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x))
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (tem))
+ && subreg_lowpart_p (x))
+ {
+ rtx newer = force_to_mode (tem, mode, ~(HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
+ 0);
+
+ /* If we have something other than a SUBREG, we might have
+ done an expansion, so rerun ourselves. */
+ if (GET_CODE (newer) != SUBREG)
+ newer = make_compound_operation (newer, in_code);
+
+ return newer;
+ }
+
+ if (simplified)
return tem;
- }
+ }
break;
default:
if (new)
{
- x = gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, new);
+ x = gen_lowpart (mode, new);
code = GET_CODE (x);
}
SUBST (XEXP (x, i), new);
}
+ /* If this is a commutative operation, the changes to the operands
+ may have made it noncanonical. */
+ if (COMMUTATIVE_ARITH_P (x)
+ && swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1)))
+ {
+ tem = XEXP (x, 0);
+ SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
+ SUBST (XEXP (x, 1), tem);
+ }
+
return x;
}
\f
{
/* Get the bit number of the first 1 bit from the right, -1 if none. */
int pos = exact_log2 (m & -m);
- int len;
+ int len = 0;
- if (pos < 0)
- return -1;
-
- /* Now shift off the low-order zero bits and see if we have a power of
- two minus 1. */
- len = exact_log2 ((m >> pos) + 1);
+ if (pos >= 0)
+ /* Now shift off the low-order zero bits and see if we have a
+ power of two minus 1. */
+ len = exact_log2 ((m >> pos) + 1);
if (len <= 0)
- return -1;
+ pos = -1;
*plen = len;
return pos;
}
\f
+/* If X refers to a register that equals REG in value, replace these
+ references with REG. */
+static rtx
+canon_reg_for_combine (rtx x, rtx reg)
+{
+ rtx op0, op1, op2;
+ const char *fmt;
+ int i;
+ bool copied;
+
+ enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
+ switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
+ {
+ case RTX_UNARY:
+ op0 = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, 0), reg);
+ if (op0 != XEXP (x, 0))
+ return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x), op0,
+ GET_MODE (reg));
+ break;
+
+ case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
+ case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
+ op0 = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, 0), reg);
+ op1 = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, 1), reg);
+ if (op0 != XEXP (x, 0) || op1 != XEXP (x, 1))
+ return simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x), op0, op1);
+ break;
+
+ case RTX_COMPARE:
+ case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
+ op0 = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, 0), reg);
+ op1 = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, 1), reg);
+ if (op0 != XEXP (x, 0) || op1 != XEXP (x, 1))
+ return simplify_gen_relational (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x),
+ GET_MODE (op0), op0, op1);
+ break;
+
+ case RTX_TERNARY:
+ case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS:
+ op0 = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, 0), reg);
+ op1 = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, 1), reg);
+ op2 = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, 2), reg);
+ if (op0 != XEXP (x, 0) || op1 != XEXP (x, 1) || op2 != XEXP (x, 2))
+ return simplify_gen_ternary (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x),
+ GET_MODE (op0), op0, op1, op2);
+
+ case RTX_OBJ:
+ if (REG_P (x))
+ {
+ if (rtx_equal_p (get_last_value (reg), x)
+ || rtx_equal_p (reg, get_last_value (x)))
+ return reg;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* fall through */
+
+ default:
+ fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
+ copied = false;
+ for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (fmt[i] == 'e')
+ {
+ rtx op = canon_reg_for_combine (XEXP (x, i), reg);
+ if (op != XEXP (x, i))
+ {
+ if (!copied)
+ {
+ copied = true;
+ x = copy_rtx (x);
+ }
+ XEXP (x, i) = op;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
+ {
+ int j;
+ for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
+ {
+ rtx op = canon_reg_for_combine (XVECEXP (x, i, j), reg);
+ if (op != XVECEXP (x, i, j))
+ {
+ if (!copied)
+ {
+ copied = true;
+ x = copy_rtx (x);
+ }
+ XVECEXP (x, i, j) = op;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return x;
+}
+
+/* Return X converted to MODE. If the value is already truncated to
+ MODE we can just return a subreg even though in the general case we
+ would need an explicit truncation. */
+
+static rtx
+gen_lowpart_or_truncate (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
+{
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
+ || TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode),
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
+ || (REG_P (x) && reg_truncated_to_mode (mode, x)))
+ return gen_lowpart (mode, x);
+ else
+ return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, x, GET_MODE (x));
+}
+
/* See if X can be simplified knowing that we will only refer to it in
MODE and will only refer to those bits that are nonzero in MASK.
If other bits are being computed or if masking operations are done
Return a possibly simplified expression, but always convert X to
MODE. If X is a CONST_INT, AND the CONST_INT with MASK.
- Also, if REG is nonzero and X is a register equal in value to REG,
- replace X with REG.
-
If JUST_SELECT is nonzero, don't optimize by noticing that bits in MASK
are all off in X. This is used when X will be complemented, by either
NOT, NEG, or XOR. */
static rtx
force_to_mode (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask,
- rtx reg, int just_select)
+ int just_select)
{
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
int next_select = just_select || code == XOR || code == NOT || code == NEG;
expression is VOIDmode.
Also do nothing if X is a CLOBBER; this can happen if X was
- the return value from a call to gen_lowpart_for_combine. */
+ the return value from a call to gen_lowpart. */
if (code == CALL || code == ASM_OPERANDS || code == CLOBBER)
return x;
mask &= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
/* When we have an arithmetic operation, or a shift whose count we
- do not know, we need to assume that all bit the up to the highest-order
+ do not know, we need to assume that all bits up to the highest-order
bit in MASK will be needed. This is how we form such a mask. */
- if (op_mode)
- fuller_mask = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- ? GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)
- : (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (floor_log2 (mask) + 1))
- - 1));
+ if (mask & ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)))
+ fuller_mask = ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0;
else
- fuller_mask = ~(HOST_WIDE_INT) 0;
+ fuller_mask = (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (floor_log2 (mask) + 1))
+ - 1);
/* Determine what bits of X are guaranteed to be (non)zero. */
nonzero = nonzero_bits (x, mode);
/* If none of the bits in X are needed, return a zero. */
- if (! just_select && (nonzero & mask) == 0)
+ if (!just_select && (nonzero & mask) == 0 && !side_effects_p (x))
x = const0_rtx;
/* If X is a CONST_INT, return a new one. Do this here since the
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
{
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
- return gen_int_mode (INTVAL (x) & mask, mode);
+ return gen_int_mode (INTVAL (x) & mask, mode);
else
{
x = GEN_INT (INTVAL (x) & mask);
get X in the proper mode. */
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
&& (GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x)) & ~mask) == 0)
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, x);
-
- /* If we aren't changing the mode, X is not a SUBREG, and all zero bits in
- MASK are already known to be zero in X, we need not do anything. */
- if (GET_MODE (x) == mode && code != SUBREG && (~mask & nonzero) == 0)
- return x;
+ return gen_lowpart (mode, x);
switch (code)
{
generating something that won't match. */
return x;
- case USE:
- /* X is a (use (mem ..)) that was made from a bit-field extraction that
- spanned the boundary of the MEM. If we are now masking so it is
- within that boundary, we don't need the USE any more. */
- if (! BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
- && (mask & ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))) == 0)
- return force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask, reg, next_select);
- break;
-
case SIGN_EXTEND:
case ZERO_EXTEND:
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
case SIGN_EXTRACT:
x = expand_compound_operation (x);
if (GET_CODE (x) != code)
- return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, reg, next_select);
- break;
-
- case REG:
- if (reg != 0 && (rtx_equal_p (get_last_value (reg), x)
- || rtx_equal_p (reg, get_last_value (x))))
- x = reg;
+ return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, next_select);
break;
case SUBREG:
|| (0 == (mask
& GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x))
& ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))))))
- return force_to_mode (SUBREG_REG (x), mode, mask, reg, next_select);
+ return force_to_mode (SUBREG_REG (x), mode, mask, next_select);
break;
case AND:
int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x));
rtx y;
- /* If MODE is narrower that HOST_WIDE_INT and CVAL is a negative
+ /* If MODE is narrower than HOST_WIDE_INT and CVAL is a negative
number, sign extend it. */
if (width > 0 && width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
&& (cval & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1))) != 0)
cval |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) -1 << width;
- y = gen_binary (AND, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), GEN_INT (cval));
+ y = simplify_gen_binary (AND, GET_MODE (x),
+ XEXP (x, 0), GEN_INT (cval));
if (rtx_cost (y, SET) < rtx_cost (x, SET))
x = y;
}
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & ~smask) != 0)
return force_to_mode (plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
(INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & smask)),
- mode, smask, reg, next_select);
+ mode, smask, next_select);
}
/* ... fall through ... */
{
x = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 1),
GET_MODE (x));
- return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, reg, next_select);
+ return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, next_select);
}
/* Similarly, if C contains every bit in the fuller_mask, then we may
{
x = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, GET_MODE (x),
XEXP (x, 1), GET_MODE (x));
- return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, reg, next_select);
+ return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, next_select);
}
mask = fuller_mask;
{
temp = GEN_INT ((INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & mask)
<< INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)));
- temp = gen_binary (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x),
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), temp);
- x = gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x), temp,
- XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
- return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, reg, next_select);
+ temp = simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x),
+ XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), temp);
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x), temp,
+ XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
+ return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, next_select);
}
binop:
/* For most binary operations, just propagate into the operation and
change the mode if we have an operation of that mode. */
- op0 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (op_mode,
+ op0 = gen_lowpart_or_truncate (op_mode,
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask,
- reg, next_select));
- op1 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (op_mode,
+ next_select));
+ op1 = gen_lowpart_or_truncate (op_mode,
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 1), mode, mask,
- reg, next_select));
+ next_select));
if (op_mode != GET_MODE (x) || op0 != XEXP (x, 0) || op1 != XEXP (x, 1))
- x = gen_binary (code, op_mode, op0, op1);
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (code, op_mode, op0, op1);
break;
case ASHIFT:
else
mask = fuller_mask;
- op0 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (op_mode,
+ op0 = gen_lowpart_or_truncate (op_mode,
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), op_mode,
- mask, reg, next_select));
+ mask, next_select));
if (op_mode != GET_MODE (x) || op0 != XEXP (x, 0))
- x = gen_binary (code, op_mode, op0, XEXP (x, 1));
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (code, op_mode, op0, XEXP (x, 1));
break;
case LSHIFTRT:
/* We can only change the mode of the shift if we can do arithmetic
in the mode of the shift and INNER_MASK is no wider than the
- width of OP_MODE. */
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- || (inner_mask & ~GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)) != 0)
+ width of X's mode. */
+ if ((inner_mask & ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x))) != 0)
op_mode = GET_MODE (x);
- inner = force_to_mode (inner, op_mode, inner_mask, reg, next_select);
+ inner = force_to_mode (inner, op_mode, inner_mask, next_select);
if (GET_MODE (x) != op_mode || inner != XEXP (x, 0))
- x = gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, op_mode, inner, XEXP (x, 1));
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, op_mode, inner, XEXP (x, 1));
}
/* If we have (and (lshiftrt FOO C1) C2) where the combination of the
/* Must be more sign bit copies than the mask needs. */
&& ((int) num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
>= exact_log2 (mask + 1)))
- x = gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0),
- GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))
- - exact_log2 (mask + 1)));
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0),
+ GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))
+ - exact_log2 (mask + 1)));
goto shiftrt;
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
&& (mask == ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
<< (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) - 1))))
- return force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask, reg, next_select);
+ return force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask, next_select);
/* If this is a shift by a constant, get a mask that contains those bits
that are not copies of the sign bit. We then have two cases: If
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
&& INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
{
- int i = -1;
+ int i;
/* If the considered data is wider than HOST_WIDE_INT, we can't
represent a mask for all its bits in a single scalar.
nonzero >>= INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
}
- if ((mask & ~nonzero) == 0
- || (i = exact_log2 (mask)) >= 0)
+ if ((mask & ~nonzero) == 0)
+ {
+ x = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x),
+ XEXP (x, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
+ if (GET_CODE (x) != ASHIFTRT)
+ return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, next_select);
+ }
+
+ else if ((i = exact_log2 (mask)) >= 0)
{
x = simplify_shift_const
- (x, LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0),
- i < 0 ? INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
- : GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) - 1 - i);
+ (NULL_RTX, LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0),
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) - 1 - i);
if (GET_CODE (x) != ASHIFTRT)
- return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, reg, next_select);
+ return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, next_select);
}
}
/* If MASK is 1, convert this to an LSHIFTRT. This can be done
even if the shift count isn't a constant. */
if (mask == 1)
- x = gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x),
+ XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
shiftrt:
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ASHIFT
&& XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1) == XEXP (x, 1))
return force_to_mode (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), mode, mask,
- reg, next_select);
+ next_select);
break;
if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT)
SUBST (XEXP (x, 0),
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x),
- INTVAL (temp), reg, next_select));
+ INTVAL (temp), next_select));
}
break;
/* If we just want the low-order bit, the NEG isn't needed since it
won't change the low-order bit. */
if (mask == 1)
- return force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask, reg, just_select);
+ return force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask, just_select);
/* We need any bits less significant than the most significant bit in
MASK since carries from those bits will affect the bits we are
{
temp = gen_int_mode (mask << INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)),
GET_MODE (x));
- temp = gen_binary (XOR, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), temp);
- x = gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x), temp, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
+ temp = simplify_gen_binary (XOR, GET_MODE (x),
+ XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), temp);
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (x),
+ temp, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
- return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, reg, next_select);
+ return force_to_mode (x, mode, mask, next_select);
}
/* (and (not FOO) CONST) is (not (or FOO (not CONST))), so we must
mask = fuller_mask;
unop:
- op0 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (op_mode,
+ op0 = gen_lowpart_or_truncate (op_mode,
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask,
- reg, next_select));
+ next_select));
if (op_mode != GET_MODE (x) || op0 != XEXP (x, 0))
x = simplify_gen_unary (code, op_mode, op0, op_mode);
break;
in STORE_FLAG_VALUE and FOO has a single bit that might be nonzero,
which is equal to STORE_FLAG_VALUE. */
if ((mask & ~STORE_FLAG_VALUE) == 0 && XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx
+ && GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == mode
&& exact_log2 (nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode)) >= 0
&& (nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) STORE_FLAG_VALUE))
- return force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask, reg, next_select);
+ return force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, mask, next_select);
break;
written in a narrower mode. We play it safe and do not do so. */
SUBST (XEXP (x, 1),
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (x),
+ gen_lowpart_or_truncate (GET_MODE (x),
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
- mask, reg, next_select)));
+ mask, next_select)));
SUBST (XEXP (x, 2),
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (x),
+ gen_lowpart_or_truncate (GET_MODE (x),
force_to_mode (XEXP (x, 2), mode,
- mask, reg, next_select)));
+ mask, next_select)));
break;
default:
}
/* Ensure we return a value of the proper mode. */
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, x);
+ return gen_lowpart_or_truncate (mode, x);
}
\f
/* Return nonzero if X is an expression that has one of two values depending on
/* If we are comparing a value against zero, we are done. */
if ((code == NE || code == EQ)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == 0)
+ && XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx)
{
*ptrue = (code == NE) ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
*pfalse = (code == NE) ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx;
/* If this is a unary operation whose operand has one of two values, apply
our opcode to compute those values. */
- else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1'
+ else if (UNARY_P (x)
&& (cond0 = if_then_else_cond (XEXP (x, 0), &true0, &false0)) != 0)
{
*ptrue = simplify_gen_unary (code, mode, true0, GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
/* If this is a binary operation, see if either side has only one of two
values. If either one does or if both do and they are conditional on
the same value, compute the new true and false values. */
- else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c' || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<')
+ else if (BINARY_P (x))
{
cond0 = if_then_else_cond (XEXP (x, 0), &true0, &false0);
cond1 = if_then_else_cond (XEXP (x, 1), &true1, &false1);
else if (cond1 == 0)
true1 = copy_rtx (true1);
- *ptrue = gen_binary (code, mode, true0, true1);
- *pfalse = gen_binary (code, mode, false0, false1);
+ if (COMPARISON_P (x))
+ {
+ *ptrue = simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, VOIDmode,
+ true0, true1);
+ *pfalse = simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, VOIDmode,
+ false0, false1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *ptrue = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, true0, true1);
+ *pfalse = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, false0, false1);
+ }
+
return cond0 ? cond0 : cond1;
}
cond0 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
cond1 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0);
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (cond0)) == '<'
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (cond1)) == '<'
- && ((GET_CODE (cond0) == combine_reversed_comparison_code (cond1)
+ if (COMPARISON_P (cond0)
+ && COMPARISON_P (cond1)
+ && ((GET_CODE (cond0) == reversed_comparison_code (cond1, NULL)
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (cond0, 0), XEXP (cond1, 0))
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (cond0, 1), XEXP (cond1, 1)))
|| ((swap_condition (GET_CODE (cond0))
- == combine_reversed_comparison_code (cond1))
+ == reversed_comparison_code (cond1, NULL))
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (cond0, 0), XEXP (cond1, 1))
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (cond0, 1), XEXP (cond1, 0))))
&& ! side_effects_p (x))
{
- *ptrue = gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, const_true_rtx);
- *pfalse = gen_binary (MULT, mode,
- (code == MINUS
- ? simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op1,
- mode)
- : op1),
- const_true_rtx);
+ *ptrue = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, const_true_rtx);
+ *pfalse = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
+ (code == MINUS
+ ? simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
+ op1, mode)
+ : op1),
+ const_true_rtx);
return cond0;
}
}
cond0 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
cond1 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0);
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (cond0)) == '<'
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (cond1)) == '<'
- && ((GET_CODE (cond0) == combine_reversed_comparison_code (cond1)
+ if (COMPARISON_P (cond0)
+ && COMPARISON_P (cond1)
+ && ((GET_CODE (cond0) == reversed_comparison_code (cond1, NULL)
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (cond0, 0), XEXP (cond1, 0))
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (cond0, 1), XEXP (cond1, 1)))
|| ((swap_condition (GET_CODE (cond0))
- == combine_reversed_comparison_code (cond1))
+ == reversed_comparison_code (cond1, NULL))
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (cond0, 0), XEXP (cond1, 1))
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (cond0, 1), XEXP (cond1, 0))))
&& ! side_effects_p (x))
&& 0 != (cond0 = if_then_else_cond (SUBREG_REG (x),
&true0, &false0)))
{
- *ptrue = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, true0,
+ true0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, true0,
+ GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), SUBREG_BYTE (x));
+ false0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, false0,
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), SUBREG_BYTE (x));
- *pfalse = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, false0,
- GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), SUBREG_BYTE (x));
-
- return cond0;
+ if (true0 && false0)
+ {
+ *ptrue = true0;
+ *pfalse = false0;
+ return cond0;
+ }
}
/* If X is a constant, this isn't special and will cause confusions
}
/* Likewise for 0 or a single bit. */
- else if (mode != VOIDmode
+ else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode)
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
&& exact_log2 (nz = nonzero_bits (x, mode)) >= 0)
{
/* The only other cases we handle are MIN, MAX, and comparisons if the
operands are the same as REG and VAL. */
- else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<' || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c')
+ else if (COMPARISON_P (x) || COMMUTATIVE_ARITH_P (x))
{
if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), val))
cond = swap_condition (cond), temp = val, val = reg, reg = temp;
if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), reg) && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 1), val))
{
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<')
+ if (COMPARISON_P (x))
{
if (comparison_dominates_p (cond, code))
return const_true_rtx;
- code = combine_reversed_comparison_code (x);
+ code = reversed_comparison_code (x, NULL);
if (code != UNKNOWN
&& comparison_dominates_p (cond, code))
return const0_rtx;
if (XEXP (x, 0) != r)
{
/* We must simplify the zero_extend here, before we lose
- track of the original inner_mode. */
+ track of the original inner_mode. */
new = simplify_unary_operation (ZERO_EXTEND, GET_MODE (x),
r, inner_mode);
if (new)
/* Check for a paradoxical SUBREG of a MEM compared with the MEM.
Note that all SUBREGs of MEM are paradoxical; otherwise they
would have been rewritten. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (y)) == MEM
+ if (MEM_P (x) && GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG
+ && MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (y))
&& rtx_equal_p (SUBREG_REG (y),
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (y)), x)))
+ gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (y)), x)))
return 1;
- if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM && GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == MEM
+ if (MEM_P (y) && GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG
+ && MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (x))
&& rtx_equal_p (SUBREG_REG (x),
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), y)))
+ gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), y)))
return 1;
/* We used to see if get_last_value of X and Y were the same but that's
return x;
}
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == AND && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == SUBREG
- && subreg_lowpart_p (XEXP (src, 0))
- && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 0)))
- < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (src, 0)))))
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (src, 0))) == ROTATE
- && INTVAL (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (src, 0)), 0)) == -2
- && rtx_equal_for_field_assignment_p (dest, XEXP (src, 1)))
+ if (GET_CODE (src) == AND && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == SUBREG
+ && subreg_lowpart_p (XEXP (src, 0))
+ && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 0)))
+ < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (src, 0)))))
+ && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (src, 0))) == ROTATE
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (src, 0)), 0)) == CONST_INT
+ && INTVAL (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (src, 0)), 0)) == -2
+ && rtx_equal_for_field_assignment_p (dest, XEXP (src, 1)))
{
assign = make_extraction (VOIDmode, dest, 0,
XEXP (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (src, 0)), 1),
/* If SRC is (ior (ashift (const_int 1) POS) DEST), this is a set of a
one-bit field. */
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == IOR && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == ASHIFT
- && XEXP (XEXP (src, 0), 0) == const1_rtx
- && rtx_equal_for_field_assignment_p (dest, XEXP (src, 1)))
+ if (GET_CODE (src) == IOR && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == ASHIFT
+ && XEXP (XEXP (src, 0), 0) == const1_rtx
+ && rtx_equal_for_field_assignment_p (dest, XEXP (src, 1)))
{
assign = make_extraction (VOIDmode, dest, 0, XEXP (XEXP (src, 0), 1),
1, 1, 1, 0);
return x;
}
+ /* If DEST is already a field assignment, i.e. ZERO_EXTRACT, and the
+ SRC is an AND with all bits of that field set, then we can discard
+ the AND. */
+ if (GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 1)) == CONST_INT
+ && GET_CODE (src) == AND
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
+ {
+ HOST_WIDE_INT width = INTVAL (XEXP (dest, 1));
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT and_mask = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ze_mask;
+
+ if (width >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ ze_mask = -1;
+ else
+ ze_mask = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)1 << width) - 1;
+
+ /* Complete overlap. We can remove the source AND. */
+ if ((and_mask & ze_mask) == ze_mask)
+ return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, XEXP (src, 0));
+
+ /* Partial overlap. We can reduce the source AND. */
+ if ((and_mask & ze_mask) != and_mask)
+ {
+ mode = GET_MODE (src);
+ src = gen_rtx_AND (mode, XEXP (src, 0),
+ gen_int_mode (and_mask & ze_mask, mode));
+ return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src);
+ }
+ }
+
/* The other case we handle is assignments into a constant-position
field. They look like (ior/xor (and DEST C1) OTHER). If C1 represents
a mask that has all one bits except for a group of zero bits and
/* Shift OTHER right POS places and make it the source, restricting it
to the proper length and mode. */
- src = force_to_mode (simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, LSHIFTRT,
- GET_MODE (src), other, pos),
- mode,
+ src = canon_reg_for_combine (simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, LSHIFTRT,
+ GET_MODE (src),
+ other, pos),
+ dest);
+ src = force_to_mode (src, mode,
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
? ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0
: ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << len) - 1,
- dest, 0);
+ 0);
/* If SRC is masked by an AND that does not make a difference in
the value being stored, strip it. */
apply_distributive_law (rtx x)
{
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
+ enum rtx_code inner_code;
rtx lhs, rhs, other;
rtx tem;
- enum rtx_code inner_code;
- /* Distributivity is not true for floating point.
- It can change the value. So don't do it.
- -- rms and moshier@world.std.com. */
- if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
+ /* Distributivity is not true for floating point as it can change the
+ value. So we don't do it unless -funsafe-math-optimizations. */
+ if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x))
+ && ! flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
return x;
/* The outer operation can only be one of the following: */
&& code != PLUS && code != MINUS)
return x;
- lhs = XEXP (x, 0), rhs = XEXP (x, 1);
+ lhs = XEXP (x, 0);
+ rhs = XEXP (x, 1);
/* If either operand is a primitive we can't do anything, so get out
fast. */
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (lhs)) == 'o'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (rhs)) == 'o')
+ if (OBJECT_P (lhs) || OBJECT_P (rhs))
return x;
lhs = expand_compound_operation (lhs);
break;
case SUBREG:
- /* Non-paradoxical SUBREGs distributes over all operations, provided
- the inner modes and byte offsets are the same, this is an extraction
- of a low-order part, we don't convert an fp operation to int or
- vice versa, and we would not be converting a single-word
- operation into a multi-word operation. The latter test is not
- required, but it prevents generating unneeded multi-word operations.
- Some of the previous tests are redundant given the latter test, but
- are retained because they are required for correctness.
+ /* Non-paradoxical SUBREGs distributes over all operations,
+ provided the inner modes and byte offsets are the same, this
+ is an extraction of a low-order part, we don't convert an fp
+ operation to int or vice versa, this is not a vector mode,
+ and we would not be converting a single-word operation into a
+ multi-word operation. The latter test is not required, but
+ it prevents generating unneeded multi-word operations. Some
+ of the previous tests are redundant given the latter test,
+ but are retained because they are required for correctness.
We produce the result slightly differently in this case. */
!= GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (lhs))))
|| (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (lhs))
> GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (lhs))))
- || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (lhs))) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
+ || VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (lhs))
+ || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (lhs))) > UNITS_PER_WORD
+ /* Result might need to be truncated. Don't change mode if
+ explicit truncation is needed. */
+ || !TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
+ (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)),
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (lhs)))))
return x;
- tem = gen_binary (code, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (lhs)),
- SUBREG_REG (lhs), SUBREG_REG (rhs));
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (x), tem);
+ tem = simplify_gen_binary (code, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (lhs)),
+ SUBREG_REG (lhs), SUBREG_REG (rhs));
+ return gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (x), tem);
default:
return x;
/* Set LHS and RHS to the inner operands (A and B in the example
above) and set OTHER to the common operand (C in the example).
- These is only one way to do this unless the inner operation is
+ There is only one way to do this unless the inner operation is
commutative. */
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (inner_code) == 'c'
+ if (COMMUTATIVE_ARITH_P (lhs)
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (lhs, 0), XEXP (rhs, 0)))
other = XEXP (lhs, 0), lhs = XEXP (lhs, 1), rhs = XEXP (rhs, 1);
- else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (inner_code) == 'c'
+ else if (COMMUTATIVE_ARITH_P (lhs)
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (lhs, 0), XEXP (rhs, 1)))
other = XEXP (lhs, 0), lhs = XEXP (lhs, 1), rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
- else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (inner_code) == 'c'
+ else if (COMMUTATIVE_ARITH_P (lhs)
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (lhs, 1), XEXP (rhs, 0)))
other = XEXP (lhs, 1), lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0), rhs = XEXP (rhs, 1);
else if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (lhs, 1), XEXP (rhs, 1)))
return x;
/* Form the new inner operation, seeing if it simplifies first. */
- tem = gen_binary (code, GET_MODE (x), lhs, rhs);
+ tem = simplify_gen_binary (code, GET_MODE (x), lhs, rhs);
/* There is one exception to the general way of distributing:
- (a ^ b) | (a ^ c) -> (~a) & (b ^ c) */
+ (a | c) ^ (b | c) -> (a ^ b) & ~c */
if (code == XOR && inner_code == IOR)
{
inner_code = AND;
/* We may be able to continuing distributing the result, so call
ourselves recursively on the inner operation before forming the
outer operation, which we return. */
- return gen_binary (inner_code, GET_MODE (x),
- apply_distributive_law (tem), other);
+ return simplify_gen_binary (inner_code, GET_MODE (x),
+ apply_distributive_law (tem), other);
}
-\f
-/* We have X, a logical `and' of VAROP with the constant CONSTOP, to be done
- in MODE.
- Return an equivalent form, if different from X. Otherwise, return X. If
- X is zero, we are to always construct the equivalent form. */
+/* See if X is of the form (* (+ A B) C), and if so convert to
+ (+ (* A C) (* B C)) and try to simplify.
+ Most of the time, this results in no change. However, if some of
+ the operands are the same or inverses of each other, simplifications
+ will result.
+
+ For example, (and (ior A B) (not B)) can occur as the result of
+ expanding a bit field assignment. When we apply the distributive
+ law to this, we get (ior (and (A (not B))) (and (B (not B)))),
+ which then simplifies to (and (A (not B))).
+
+ Note that no checks happen on the validity of applying the inverse
+ distributive law. This is pointless since we can do it in the
+ few places where this routine is called.
+
+ N is the index of the term that is decomposed (the arithmetic operation,
+ i.e. (+ A B) in the first example above). !N is the index of the term that
+ is distributed, i.e. of C in the first example above. */
static rtx
-simplify_and_const_int (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, rtx varop,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT constop)
+distribute_and_simplify_rtx (rtx x, int n)
+{
+ enum machine_mode mode;
+ enum rtx_code outer_code, inner_code;
+ rtx decomposed, distributed, inner_op0, inner_op1, new_op0, new_op1, tmp;
+
+ decomposed = XEXP (x, n);
+ if (!ARITHMETIC_P (decomposed))
+ return NULL_RTX;
+
+ mode = GET_MODE (x);
+ outer_code = GET_CODE (x);
+ distributed = XEXP (x, !n);
+
+ inner_code = GET_CODE (decomposed);
+ inner_op0 = XEXP (decomposed, 0);
+ inner_op1 = XEXP (decomposed, 1);
+
+ /* Special case (and (xor B C) (not A)), which is equivalent to
+ (xor (ior A B) (ior A C)) */
+ if (outer_code == AND && inner_code == XOR && GET_CODE (distributed) == NOT)
+ {
+ distributed = XEXP (distributed, 0);
+ outer_code = IOR;
+ }
+
+ if (n == 0)
+ {
+ /* Distribute the second term. */
+ new_op0 = simplify_gen_binary (outer_code, mode, inner_op0, distributed);
+ new_op1 = simplify_gen_binary (outer_code, mode, inner_op1, distributed);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Distribute the first term. */
+ new_op0 = simplify_gen_binary (outer_code, mode, distributed, inner_op0);
+ new_op1 = simplify_gen_binary (outer_code, mode, distributed, inner_op1);
+ }
+
+ tmp = apply_distributive_law (simplify_gen_binary (inner_code, mode,
+ new_op0, new_op1));
+ if (GET_CODE (tmp) != outer_code
+ && rtx_cost (tmp, SET) < rtx_cost (x, SET))
+ return tmp;
+
+ return NULL_RTX;
+}
+\f
+/* Simplify a logical `and' of VAROP with the constant CONSTOP, to be done
+ in MODE. Return an equivalent form, if different from (and VAROP
+ (const_int CONSTOP)). Otherwise, return NULL_RTX. */
+
+static rtx
+simplify_and_const_int_1 (enum machine_mode mode, rtx varop,
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT constop)
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero;
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT orig_constop;
+ rtx orig_varop;
int i;
+ orig_varop = varop;
+ orig_constop = constop;
+ if (GET_CODE (varop) == CLOBBER)
+ return NULL_RTX;
+
/* Simplify VAROP knowing that we will be only looking at some of the
bits in it.
CONSTOP are not significant and will never be examined. We must
ensure that is the case by explicitly masking out those bits
before returning. */
- varop = force_to_mode (varop, mode, constop, NULL_RTX, 0);
+ varop = force_to_mode (varop, mode, constop, 0);
/* If VAROP is a CLOBBER, we will fail so return it. */
if (GET_CODE (varop) == CLOBBER)
/* If VAROP is a CONST_INT, then we need to apply the mask in CONSTOP
to VAROP and return the new constant. */
if (GET_CODE (varop) == CONST_INT)
- return GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (varop) & constop, mode));
+ return gen_int_mode (INTVAL (varop) & constop, mode);
/* See what bits may be nonzero in VAROP. Unlike the general case of
a call to nonzero_bits, here we don't care about bits outside
if (GET_CODE (varop) == IOR || GET_CODE (varop) == XOR)
return
- gen_lowpart_for_combine
+ gen_lowpart
(mode,
apply_distributive_law
- (gen_binary (GET_CODE (varop), GET_MODE (varop),
- simplify_and_const_int (NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (varop),
- XEXP (varop, 0), constop),
- simplify_and_const_int (NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (varop),
- XEXP (varop, 1), constop))));
-
- /* If VAROP is PLUS, and the constant is a mask of low bite, distribute
+ (simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (varop), GET_MODE (varop),
+ simplify_and_const_int (NULL_RTX,
+ GET_MODE (varop),
+ XEXP (varop, 0),
+ constop),
+ simplify_and_const_int (NULL_RTX,
+ GET_MODE (varop),
+ XEXP (varop, 1),
+ constop))));
+
+ /* If VAROP is PLUS, and the constant is a mask of low bits, distribute
the AND and see if one of the operands simplifies to zero. If so, we
may eliminate it. */
return o0;
}
- /* Get VAROP in MODE. Try to get a SUBREG if not. Don't make a new SUBREG
- if we already had one (just check for the simplest cases). */
- if (x && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
- && GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == mode
- && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)) == varop)
- varop = XEXP (x, 0);
- else
- varop = gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, varop);
-
- /* If we can't make the SUBREG, try to return what we were given. */
- if (GET_CODE (varop) == CLOBBER)
- return x ? x : varop;
+ /* Make a SUBREG if necessary. If we can't make it, fail. */
+ varop = gen_lowpart (mode, varop);
+ if (varop == NULL_RTX || GET_CODE (varop) == CLOBBER)
+ return NULL_RTX;
/* If we are only masking insignificant bits, return VAROP. */
if (constop == nonzero)
- x = varop;
- else
- {
- /* Otherwise, return an AND. */
- constop = trunc_int_for_mode (constop, mode);
- /* See how much, if any, of X we can use. */
- if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != AND || GET_MODE (x) != mode)
- x = gen_binary (AND, mode, varop, GEN_INT (constop));
-
- else
- {
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT
- || (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) != constop)
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 1), GEN_INT (constop));
+ return varop;
- SUBST (XEXP (x, 0), varop);
- }
- }
+ if (varop == orig_varop && constop == orig_constop)
+ return NULL_RTX;
- return x;
+ /* Otherwise, return an AND. */
+ return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, varop, gen_int_mode (constop, mode));
}
-\f
-#define nonzero_bits_with_known(X, MODE) \
- cached_nonzero_bits (X, MODE, known_x, known_mode, known_ret)
-
-/* The function cached_nonzero_bits is a wrapper around nonzero_bits1.
- It avoids exponential behavior in nonzero_bits1 when X has
- identical subexpressions on the first or the second level. */
-
-static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
-cached_nonzero_bits (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, rtx known_x,
- enum machine_mode known_mode,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT known_ret)
-{
- if (x == known_x && mode == known_mode)
- return known_ret;
-
- /* Try to find identical subexpressions. If found call
- nonzero_bits1 on X with the subexpressions as KNOWN_X and the
- precomputed value for the subexpression as KNOWN_RET. */
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == 'c')
- {
- rtx x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
- rtx x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
- /* Check the first level. */
- if (x0 == x1)
- return nonzero_bits1 (x, mode, x0, mode,
- nonzero_bits_with_known (x0, mode));
- /* Check the second level. */
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == 'c')
- && (x1 == XEXP (x0, 0) || x1 == XEXP (x0, 1)))
- return nonzero_bits1 (x, mode, x1, mode,
- nonzero_bits_with_known (x1, mode));
+/* We have X, a logical `and' of VAROP with the constant CONSTOP, to be done
+ in MODE.
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == 'c')
- && (x0 == XEXP (x1, 0) || x0 == XEXP (x1, 1)))
- return nonzero_bits1 (x, mode, x0, mode,
- nonzero_bits_with_known (x0, mode));
- }
+ Return an equivalent form, if different from X. Otherwise, return X. If
+ X is zero, we are to always construct the equivalent form. */
- return nonzero_bits1 (x, mode, known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
+static rtx
+simplify_and_const_int (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, rtx varop,
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT constop)
+{
+ rtx tem = simplify_and_const_int_1 (mode, varop, constop);
+ if (tem)
+ return tem;
+
+ if (!x)
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (AND, GET_MODE (varop), varop,
+ gen_int_mode (constop, mode));
+ if (GET_MODE (x) != mode)
+ x = gen_lowpart (mode, x);
+ return x;
}
-
-/* We let num_sign_bit_copies recur into nonzero_bits as that is useful.
- We don't let nonzero_bits recur into num_sign_bit_copies, because that
- is less useful. We can't allow both, because that results in exponential
- run time recursion. There is a nullstone testcase that triggered
- this. This macro avoids accidental uses of num_sign_bit_copies. */
-#define cached_num_sign_bit_copies()
-
-/* Given an expression, X, compute which bits in X can be nonzero.
+\f
+/* Given a REG, X, compute which bits in X can be nonzero.
We don't care about bits outside of those defined in MODE.
For most X this is simply GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (MODE)), but if X is
a shift, AND, or zero_extract, we can do better. */
-static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
-nonzero_bits1 (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, rtx known_x,
- enum machine_mode known_mode,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT known_ret)
+static rtx
+reg_nonzero_bits_for_combine (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode,
+ rtx known_x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ enum machine_mode known_mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT known_ret ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *nonzero)
{
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT inner_nz;
- enum rtx_code code;
- unsigned int mode_width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
rtx tem;
- /* For floating-point values, assume all bits are needed. */
- if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)) || FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
- return nonzero;
+ /* If X is a register whose nonzero bits value is current, use it.
+ Otherwise, if X is a register whose value we can find, use that
+ value. Otherwise, use the previously-computed global nonzero bits
+ for this register. */
- /* If X is wider than MODE, use its mode instead. */
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > mode_width)
+ if (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_value != 0
+ && (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_mode == mode
+ || (GET_MODE_CLASS (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_mode) == MODE_INT
+ && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT))
+ && (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_label == label_tick
+ || (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
+ && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (x)) == 1
+ && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P
+ (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->il.rtl->global_live_at_start,
+ REGNO (x))))
+ && INSN_CUID (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set) < subst_low_cuid)
{
- mode = GET_MODE (x);
- nonzero = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
- mode_width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
+ *nonzero &= reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_nonzero_bits;
+ return NULL;
}
- if (mode_width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- /* Our only callers in this case look for single bit values. So
- just return the mode mask. Those tests will then be false. */
- return nonzero;
-
-#ifndef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
- /* If MODE is wider than X, but both are a single word for both the host
- and target machines, we can compute this from which bits of the
- object might be nonzero in its own mode, taking into account the fact
- that on many CISC machines, accessing an object in a wider mode
- causes the high-order bits to become undefined. So they are
- not known to be zero. */
-
- if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (x) != mode
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) <= BITS_PER_WORD
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
- {
- nonzero &= nonzero_bits_with_known (x, GET_MODE (x));
- nonzero |= GET_MODE_MASK (mode) & ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x));
- return nonzero;
- }
-#endif
+ tem = get_last_value (x);
- code = GET_CODE (x);
- switch (code)
+ if (tem)
{
- case REG:
-#if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) && !defined(HAVE_ptr_extend)
- /* If pointers extend unsigned and this is a pointer in Pmode, say that
- all the bits above ptr_mode are known to be zero. */
- if (POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED && GET_MODE (x) == Pmode
- && REG_POINTER (x))
- nonzero &= GET_MODE_MASK (ptr_mode);
-#endif
-
- /* Include declared information about alignment of pointers. */
- /* ??? We don't properly preserve REG_POINTER changes across
- pointer-to-integer casts, so we can't trust it except for
- things that we know must be pointers. See execute/960116-1.c. */
- if ((x == stack_pointer_rtx
- || x == frame_pointer_rtx
- || x == arg_pointer_rtx)
- && REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (x)))
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
- = REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (x)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
-
-#ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
- /* If PUSH_ROUNDING is defined, it is possible for the
- stack to be momentarily aligned only to that amount,
- so we pick the least alignment. */
- if (x == stack_pointer_rtx && PUSH_ARGS)
- alignment = MIN ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) PUSH_ROUNDING (1),
- alignment);
-#endif
-
- nonzero &= ~(alignment - 1);
- }
-
- /* If X is a register whose nonzero bits value is current, use it.
- Otherwise, if X is a register whose value we can find, use that
- value. Otherwise, use the previously-computed global nonzero bits
- for this register. */
-
- if (reg_last_set_value[REGNO (x)] != 0
- && (reg_last_set_mode[REGNO (x)] == mode
- || (GET_MODE_CLASS (reg_last_set_mode[REGNO (x)]) == MODE_INT
- && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT))
- && (reg_last_set_label[REGNO (x)] == label_tick
- || (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (x)) == 1
- && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->global_live_at_start,
- REGNO (x))))
- && INSN_CUID (reg_last_set[REGNO (x)]) < subst_low_cuid)
- return reg_last_set_nonzero_bits[REGNO (x)] & nonzero;
-
- tem = get_last_value (x);
-
- if (tem)
- {
#ifdef SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
- /* If X is narrower than MODE and TEM is a non-negative
- constant that would appear negative in the mode of X,
- sign-extend it for use in reg_nonzero_bits because some
- machines (maybe most) will actually do the sign-extension
- and this is the conservative approach.
-
- ??? For 2.5, try to tighten up the MD files in this regard
- instead of this kludge. */
-
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < mode_width
- && GET_CODE (tem) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (tem) > 0
- && 0 != (INTVAL (tem)
- & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
- << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) - 1))))
- tem = GEN_INT (INTVAL (tem)
- | ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1)
- << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))));
-#endif
- return nonzero_bits_with_known (tem, mode) & nonzero;
- }
- else if (nonzero_sign_valid && reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (x)])
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask = reg_nonzero_bits[REGNO (x)];
-
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < mode_width)
- /* We don't know anything about the upper bits. */
- mask |= GET_MODE_MASK (mode) ^ GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x));
- return nonzero & mask;
- }
- else
- return nonzero;
-
- case CONST_INT:
-#ifdef SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
- /* If X is negative in MODE, sign-extend the value. */
- if (INTVAL (x) > 0 && mode_width < BITS_PER_WORD
- && 0 != (INTVAL (x) & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (mode_width - 1))))
- return (INTVAL (x) | ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << mode_width));
-#endif
-
- return INTVAL (x);
-
- case MEM:
-#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
- /* In many, if not most, RISC machines, reading a byte from memory
- zeros the rest of the register. Noticing that fact saves a lot
- of extra zero-extends. */
- if (LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (x)) == ZERO_EXTEND)
- nonzero &= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x));
-#endif
- break;
-
- case EQ: case NE:
- case UNEQ: case LTGT:
- case GT: case GTU: case UNGT:
- case LT: case LTU: case UNLT:
- case GE: case GEU: case UNGE:
- case LE: case LEU: case UNLE:
- case UNORDERED: case ORDERED:
-
- /* If this produces an integer result, we know which bits are set.
- Code here used to clear bits outside the mode of X, but that is
- now done above. */
-
- if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
- && mode_width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- nonzero = STORE_FLAG_VALUE;
- break;
-
- case NEG:
-#if 0
- /* Disabled to avoid exponential mutual recursion between nonzero_bits
- and num_sign_bit_copies. */
- if (num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x))
- == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
- nonzero = 1;
-#endif
-
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < mode_width)
- nonzero |= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) & ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x)));
- break;
-
- case ABS:
-#if 0
- /* Disabled to avoid exponential mutual recursion between nonzero_bits
- and num_sign_bit_copies. */
- if (num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x))
- == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
- nonzero = 1;
-#endif
- break;
-
- case TRUNCATE:
- nonzero &= (nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
- & GET_MODE_MASK (mode));
- break;
-
- case ZERO_EXTEND:
- nonzero &= nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != VOIDmode)
- nonzero &= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
- break;
-
- case SIGN_EXTEND:
- /* If the sign bit is known clear, this is the same as ZERO_EXTEND.
- Otherwise, show all the bits in the outer mode but not the inner
- may be nonzero. */
- inner_nz = nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != VOIDmode)
- {
- inner_nz &= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
- if (inner_nz
- & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
- << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))) - 1))))
- inner_nz |= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode)
- & ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))));
- }
-
- nonzero &= inner_nz;
- break;
-
- case AND:
- nonzero &= (nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
- & nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode));
- break;
-
- case XOR: case IOR:
- case UMIN: case UMAX: case SMIN: case SMAX:
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero0 =
- nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
-
- /* Don't call nonzero_bits for the second time if it cannot change
- anything. */
- if ((nonzero & nonzero0) != nonzero)
- nonzero &= (nonzero0
- | nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode));
- }
- break;
-
- case PLUS: case MINUS:
- case MULT:
- case DIV: case UDIV:
- case MOD: case UMOD:
- /* We can apply the rules of arithmetic to compute the number of
- high- and low-order zero bits of these operations. We start by
- computing the width (position of the highest-order nonzero bit)
- and the number of low-order zero bits for each value. */
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nz0 =
- nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nz1 =
- nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode);
- int sign_index = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) - 1;
- int width0 = floor_log2 (nz0) + 1;
- int width1 = floor_log2 (nz1) + 1;
- int low0 = floor_log2 (nz0 & -nz0);
- int low1 = floor_log2 (nz1 & -nz1);
- HOST_WIDE_INT op0_maybe_minusp
- = (nz0 & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << sign_index));
- HOST_WIDE_INT op1_maybe_minusp
- = (nz1 & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << sign_index));
- unsigned int result_width = mode_width;
- int result_low = 0;
-
- switch (code)
- {
- case PLUS:
- result_width = MAX (width0, width1) + 1;
- result_low = MIN (low0, low1);
- break;
- case MINUS:
- result_low = MIN (low0, low1);
- break;
- case MULT:
- result_width = width0 + width1;
- result_low = low0 + low1;
- break;
- case DIV:
- if (width1 == 0)
- break;
- if (! op0_maybe_minusp && ! op1_maybe_minusp)
- result_width = width0;
- break;
- case UDIV:
- if (width1 == 0)
- break;
- result_width = width0;
- break;
- case MOD:
- if (width1 == 0)
- break;
- if (! op0_maybe_minusp && ! op1_maybe_minusp)
- result_width = MIN (width0, width1);
- result_low = MIN (low0, low1);
- break;
- case UMOD:
- if (width1 == 0)
- break;
- result_width = MIN (width0, width1);
- result_low = MIN (low0, low1);
- break;
- default:
- abort ();
- }
-
- if (result_width < mode_width)
- nonzero &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << result_width) - 1;
-
- if (result_low > 0)
- nonzero &= ~(((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << result_low) - 1);
-
-#ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
- /* If pointers extend unsigned and this is an addition or subtraction
- to a pointer in Pmode, all the bits above ptr_mode are known to be
- zero. */
- if (POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED > 0 && GET_MODE (x) == Pmode
- && (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG && REG_POINTER (XEXP (x, 0)))
- nonzero &= GET_MODE_MASK (ptr_mode);
-#endif
- }
- break;
-
- case ZERO_EXTRACT:
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- nonzero &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))) - 1;
- break;
-
- case SUBREG:
- /* If this is a SUBREG formed for a promoted variable that has
- been zero-extended, we know that at least the high-order bits
- are zero, though others might be too. */
-
- if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) > 0)
- nonzero = (GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x))
- & nonzero_bits_with_known (SUBREG_REG (x), GET_MODE (x)));
-
- /* If the inner mode is a single word for both the host and target
- machines, we can compute this from which bits of the inner
- object might be nonzero. */
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) <= BITS_PER_WORD
- && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))
- <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
- {
- nonzero &= nonzero_bits_with_known (SUBREG_REG (x), mode);
-
-#if defined (WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS) && defined (LOAD_EXTEND_OP)
- /* If this is a typical RISC machine, we only have to worry
- about the way loads are extended. */
- if ((LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) == SIGN_EXTEND
- ? (((nonzero
- & (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
- << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) - 1))))
- != 0))
- : LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) != ZERO_EXTEND)
- || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) != MEM)
+ /* If X is narrower than MODE and TEM is a non-negative
+ constant that would appear negative in the mode of X,
+ sign-extend it for use in reg_nonzero_bits because some
+ machines (maybe most) will actually do the sign-extension
+ and this is the conservative approach.
+
+ ??? For 2.5, try to tighten up the MD files in this regard
+ instead of this kludge. */
+
+ if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
+ && GET_CODE (tem) == CONST_INT
+ && INTVAL (tem) > 0
+ && 0 != (INTVAL (tem)
+ & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
+ << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) - 1))))
+ tem = GEN_INT (INTVAL (tem)
+ | ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1)
+ << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))));
#endif
- {
- /* On many CISC machines, accessing an object in a wider mode
- causes the high-order bits to become undefined. So they are
- not known to be zero. */
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
- > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
- nonzero |= (GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x))
- & ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))));
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ASHIFTRT:
- case LSHIFTRT:
- case ASHIFT:
- case ROTATE:
- /* The nonzero bits are in two classes: any bits within MODE
- that aren't in GET_MODE (x) are always significant. The rest of the
- nonzero bits are those that are significant in the operand of
- the shift when shifted the appropriate number of bits. This
- shows that high-order bits are cleared by the right shift and
- low-order bits by left shifts. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
- && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- {
- enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (x);
- unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode);
- int count = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mode_mask = GET_MODE_MASK (inner_mode);
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT op_nonzero =
- nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT inner = op_nonzero & mode_mask;
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT outer = 0;
-
- if (mode_width > width)
- outer = (op_nonzero & nonzero & ~mode_mask);
-
- if (code == LSHIFTRT)
- inner >>= count;
- else if (code == ASHIFTRT)
- {
- inner >>= count;
-
- /* If the sign bit may have been nonzero before the shift, we
- need to mark all the places it could have been copied to
- by the shift as possibly nonzero. */
- if (inner & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1 - count)))
- inner |= (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << count) - 1) << (width - count);
- }
- else if (code == ASHIFT)
- inner <<= count;
- else
- inner = ((inner << (count % width)
- | (inner >> (width - (count % width)))) & mode_mask);
-
- nonzero &= (outer | inner);
- }
- break;
-
- case FFS:
- case POPCOUNT:
- /* This is at most the number of bits in the mode. */
- nonzero = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (floor_log2 (mode_width))) - 1;
- break;
-
- case CLZ:
- /* If CLZ has a known value at zero, then the nonzero bits are
- that value, plus the number of bits in the mode minus one. */
- if (CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, nonzero))
- nonzero |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (floor_log2 (mode_width))) - 1;
- else
- nonzero = -1;
- break;
-
- case CTZ:
- /* If CTZ has a known value at zero, then the nonzero bits are
- that value, plus the number of bits in the mode minus one. */
- if (CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, nonzero))
- nonzero |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (floor_log2 (mode_width))) - 1;
- else
- nonzero = -1;
- break;
-
- case PARITY:
- nonzero = 1;
- break;
-
- case IF_THEN_ELSE:
- nonzero &= (nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode)
- | nonzero_bits_with_known (XEXP (x, 2), mode));
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
+ return tem;
}
-
- return nonzero;
-}
-
-/* See the macro definition above. */
-#undef cached_num_sign_bit_copies
-\f
-#define num_sign_bit_copies_with_known(X, M) \
- cached_num_sign_bit_copies (X, M, known_x, known_mode, known_ret)
-
-/* The function cached_num_sign_bit_copies is a wrapper around
- num_sign_bit_copies1. It avoids exponential behavior in
- num_sign_bit_copies1 when X has identical subexpressions on the
- first or the second level. */
-
-static unsigned int
-cached_num_sign_bit_copies (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, rtx known_x,
- enum machine_mode known_mode,
- unsigned int known_ret)
-{
- if (x == known_x && mode == known_mode)
- return known_ret;
-
- /* Try to find identical subexpressions. If found call
- num_sign_bit_copies1 on X with the subexpressions as KNOWN_X and
- the precomputed value for the subexpression as KNOWN_RET. */
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == 'c')
+ else if (nonzero_sign_valid && reg_stat[REGNO (x)].nonzero_bits)
{
- rtx x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
- rtx x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
-
- /* Check the first level. */
- if (x0 == x1)
- return
- num_sign_bit_copies1 (x, mode, x0, mode,
- num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (x0, mode));
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask = reg_stat[REGNO (x)].nonzero_bits;
- /* Check the second level. */
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == 'c')
- && (x1 == XEXP (x0, 0) || x1 == XEXP (x0, 1)))
- return
- num_sign_bit_copies1 (x, mode, x1, mode,
- num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (x1, mode));
-
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == 'c')
- && (x0 == XEXP (x1, 0) || x0 == XEXP (x1, 1)))
- return
- num_sign_bit_copies1 (x, mode, x0, mode,
- num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (x0, mode));
+ if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
+ /* We don't know anything about the upper bits. */
+ mask |= GET_MODE_MASK (mode) ^ GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x));
+ *nonzero &= mask;
}
- return num_sign_bit_copies1 (x, mode, known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
+ return NULL;
}
/* Return the number of bits at the high-order end of X that are known to
VOIDmode, X will be used in its own mode. The returned value will always
be between 1 and the number of bits in MODE. */
-static unsigned int
-num_sign_bit_copies1 (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, rtx known_x,
- enum machine_mode known_mode,
- unsigned int known_ret)
+static rtx
+reg_num_sign_bit_copies_for_combine (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode,
+ rtx known_x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ enum machine_mode known_mode
+ ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ unsigned int known_ret ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ unsigned int *result)
{
- enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
- unsigned int bitwidth;
- int num0, num1, result;
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero;
rtx tem;
- /* If we weren't given a mode, use the mode of X. If the mode is still
- VOIDmode, we don't know anything. Likewise if one of the modes is
- floating-point. */
-
- if (mode == VOIDmode)
- mode = GET_MODE (x);
-
- if (mode == VOIDmode || FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
- return 1;
-
- bitwidth = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
-
- /* For a smaller object, just ignore the high bits. */
- if (bitwidth < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
+ if (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_value != 0
+ && reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_mode == mode
+ && (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_label == label_tick
+ || (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
+ && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (x)) == 1
+ && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P
+ (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->il.rtl->global_live_at_start,
+ REGNO (x))))
+ && INSN_CUID (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set) < subst_low_cuid)
{
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (x, GET_MODE (x));
- return MAX (1,
- num0 - (int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) - bitwidth));
- }
-
- if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode && bitwidth > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
- {
-#ifndef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
- /* If this machine does not do all register operations on the entire
- register and MODE is wider than the mode of X, we can say nothing
- at all about the high-order bits. */
- return 1;
-#else
- /* Likewise on machines that do, if the mode of the object is smaller
- than a word and loads of that size don't sign extend, we can say
- nothing about the high order bits. */
- if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < BITS_PER_WORD
-#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
- && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (x)) != SIGN_EXTEND
-#endif
- )
- return 1;
-#endif
- }
-
- switch (code)
- {
- case REG:
-
-#if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) && !defined(HAVE_ptr_extend)
- /* If pointers extend signed and this is a pointer in Pmode, say that
- all the bits above ptr_mode are known to be sign bit copies. */
- if (! POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED && GET_MODE (x) == Pmode && mode == Pmode
- && REG_POINTER (x))
- return GET_MODE_BITSIZE (Pmode) - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) + 1;
-#endif
-
- if (reg_last_set_value[REGNO (x)] != 0
- && reg_last_set_mode[REGNO (x)] == mode
- && (reg_last_set_label[REGNO (x)] == label_tick
- || (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (x)) == 1
- && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->global_live_at_start,
- REGNO (x))))
- && INSN_CUID (reg_last_set[REGNO (x)]) < subst_low_cuid)
- return reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)];
-
- tem = get_last_value (x);
- if (tem != 0)
- return num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (tem, mode);
-
- if (nonzero_sign_valid && reg_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)] != 0
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) == bitwidth)
- return reg_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)];
- break;
-
- case MEM:
-#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
- /* Some RISC machines sign-extend all loads of smaller than a word. */
- if (LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (x)) == SIGN_EXTEND)
- return MAX (1, ((int) bitwidth
- - (int) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) + 1));
-#endif
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- /* If the constant is negative, take its 1's complement and remask.
- Then see how many zero bits we have. */
- nonzero = INTVAL (x) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
- if (bitwidth <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && (nonzero & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
- nonzero = (~nonzero) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
-
- return (nonzero == 0 ? bitwidth : bitwidth - floor_log2 (nonzero) - 1);
-
- case SUBREG:
- /* If this is a SUBREG for a promoted object that is sign-extended
- and we are looking at it in a wider mode, we know that at least the
- high-order bits are known to be sign bit copies. */
-
- if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) && ! SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x))
- {
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (SUBREG_REG (x), mode);
- return MAX ((int) bitwidth
- - (int) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) + 1,
- num0);
- }
-
- /* For a smaller object, just ignore the high bits. */
- if (bitwidth <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
- {
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (SUBREG_REG (x), VOIDmode);
- return MAX (1, (num0
- - (int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))
- - bitwidth)));
- }
-
-#ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
-#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
- /* For paradoxical SUBREGs on machines where all register operations
- affect the entire register, just look inside. Note that we are
- passing MODE to the recursive call, so the number of sign bit copies
- will remain relative to that mode, not the inner mode. */
-
- /* This works only if loads sign extend. Otherwise, if we get a
- reload for the inner part, it may be loaded from the stack, and
- then we lose all sign bit copies that existed before the store
- to the stack. */
-
- if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
- > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
- && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) == SIGN_EXTEND
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == MEM)
- return num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (SUBREG_REG (x), mode);
-#endif
-#endif
- break;
-
- case SIGN_EXTRACT:
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
- return MAX (1, (int) bitwidth - INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
- break;
-
- case SIGN_EXTEND:
- return (bitwidth - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
- + num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), VOIDmode));
-
- case TRUNCATE:
- /* For a smaller object, just ignore the high bits. */
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), VOIDmode);
- return MAX (1, (num0 - (int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
- - bitwidth)));
-
- case NOT:
- return num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
-
- case ROTATE: case ROTATERT:
- /* If we are rotating left by a number of bits less than the number
- of sign bit copies, we can just subtract that amount from the
- number. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
- && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < (int) bitwidth)
- {
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- return MAX (1, num0 - (code == ROTATE ? INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
- : (int) bitwidth - INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))));
- }
- break;
-
- case NEG:
- /* In general, this subtracts one sign bit copy. But if the value
- is known to be positive, the number of sign bit copies is the
- same as that of the input. Finally, if the input has just one bit
- that might be nonzero, all the bits are copies of the sign bit. */
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- if (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- return num0 > 1 ? num0 - 1 : 1;
-
- nonzero = nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- if (nonzero == 1)
- return bitwidth;
-
- if (num0 > 1
- && (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1)) & nonzero))
- num0--;
-
- return num0;
-
- case IOR: case AND: case XOR:
- case SMIN: case SMAX: case UMIN: case UMAX:
- /* Logical operations will preserve the number of sign-bit copies.
- MIN and MAX operations always return one of the operands. */
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- num1 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode);
- return MIN (num0, num1);
-
- case PLUS: case MINUS:
- /* For addition and subtraction, we can have a 1-bit carry. However,
- if we are subtracting 1 from a positive number, there will not
- be such a carry. Furthermore, if the positive number is known to
- be 0 or 1, we know the result is either -1 or 0. */
-
- if (code == PLUS && XEXP (x, 1) == constm1_rtx
- && bitwidth <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- {
- nonzero = nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- if ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1)) & nonzero) == 0)
- return (nonzero == 1 || nonzero == 0 ? bitwidth
- : bitwidth - floor_log2 (nonzero) - 1);
- }
-
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- num1 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode);
- result = MAX (1, MIN (num0, num1) - 1);
-
-#ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
- /* If pointers extend signed and this is an addition or subtraction
- to a pointer in Pmode, all the bits above ptr_mode are known to be
- sign bit copies. */
- if (! POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED && GET_MODE (x) == Pmode
- && (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG && REG_POINTER (XEXP (x, 0)))
- result = MAX ((int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (Pmode)
- - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) + 1),
- result);
-#endif
- return result;
-
- case MULT:
- /* The number of bits of the product is the sum of the number of
- bits of both terms. However, unless one of the terms if known
- to be positive, we must allow for an additional bit since negating
- a negative number can remove one sign bit copy. */
-
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- num1 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode);
-
- result = bitwidth - (bitwidth - num0) - (bitwidth - num1);
- if (result > 0
- && (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- || (((nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
- & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
- && ((nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode)
- & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0))))
- result--;
-
- return MAX (1, result);
-
- case UDIV:
- /* The result must be <= the first operand. If the first operand
- has the high bit set, we know nothing about the number of sign
- bit copies. */
- if (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- return 1;
- else if ((nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
- & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
- return 1;
- else
- return num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
-
- case UMOD:
- /* The result must be <= the second operand. */
- return num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode);
-
- case DIV:
- /* Similar to unsigned division, except that we have to worry about
- the case where the divisor is negative, in which case we have
- to add 1. */
- result = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- if (result > 1
- && (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- || (nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode)
- & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0))
- result--;
-
- return result;
-
- case MOD:
- result = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode);
- if (result > 1
- && (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- || (nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode)
- & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0))
- result--;
-
- return result;
-
- case ASHIFTRT:
- /* Shifts by a constant add to the number of bits equal to the
- sign bit. */
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) > 0)
- num0 = MIN ((int) bitwidth, num0 + INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
-
- return num0;
-
- case ASHIFT:
- /* Left shifts destroy copies. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT
- || INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < 0
- || INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= (int) bitwidth)
- return 1;
-
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
- return MAX (1, num0 - INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
-
- case IF_THEN_ELSE:
- num0 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 1), mode);
- num1 = num_sign_bit_copies_with_known (XEXP (x, 2), mode);
- return MIN (num0, num1);
-
- case EQ: case NE: case GE: case GT: case LE: case LT:
- case UNEQ: case LTGT: case UNGE: case UNGT: case UNLE: case UNLT:
- case GEU: case GTU: case LEU: case LTU:
- case UNORDERED: case ORDERED:
- /* If the constant is negative, take its 1's complement and remask.
- Then see how many zero bits we have. */
- nonzero = STORE_FLAG_VALUE;
- if (bitwidth <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && (nonzero & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
- nonzero = (~nonzero) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
-
- return (nonzero == 0 ? bitwidth : bitwidth - floor_log2 (nonzero) - 1);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
+ *result = reg_stat[REGNO (x)].last_set_sign_bit_copies;
+ return NULL;
}
- /* If we haven't been able to figure it out by one of the above rules,
- see if some of the high-order bits are known to be zero. If so,
- count those bits and return one less than that amount. If we can't
- safely compute the mask for this mode, always return BITWIDTH. */
+ tem = get_last_value (x);
+ if (tem != 0)
+ return tem;
- if (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- return 1;
+ if (nonzero_sign_valid && reg_stat[REGNO (x)].sign_bit_copies != 0
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
+ *result = reg_stat[REGNO (x)].sign_bit_copies;
- nonzero = nonzero_bits (x, mode);
- return (nonzero & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitwidth - 1))
- ? 1 : bitwidth - floor_log2 (nonzero) - 1);
+ return NULL;
}
\f
/* Return the number of "extended" bits there are in X, when interpreted
the width of this mode matter. It is assumed that the width of this mode
is smaller than or equal to HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT.
- If *POP0 or OP1 are NIL, it means no operation is required. Only NEG, PLUS,
+ If *POP0 or OP1 are UNKNOWN, it means no operation is required. Only NEG, PLUS,
IOR, XOR, and AND are supported. We may set *POP0 to SET if the proper
result is simply *PCONST0.
if (op0 == AND)
const1 &= const0;
- /* If OP0 or OP1 is NIL, this is easy. Similarly if they are the same or
+ /* If OP0 or OP1 is UNKNOWN, this is easy. Similarly if they are the same or
if OP0 is SET. */
- if (op1 == NIL || op0 == SET)
+ if (op1 == UNKNOWN || op0 == SET)
return 1;
- else if (op0 == NIL)
+ else if (op0 == UNKNOWN)
op0 = op1, const0 = const1;
else if (op0 == op1)
const0 += const1;
break;
case NEG:
- op0 = NIL;
+ op0 = UNKNOWN;
break;
default:
break;
const0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
if (const0 == 0
&& (op0 == IOR || op0 == XOR || op0 == PLUS))
- op0 = NIL;
+ op0 = UNKNOWN;
else if (const0 == 0 && op0 == AND)
op0 = SET;
else if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) const0 == GET_MODE_MASK (mode)
&& op0 == AND)
- op0 = NIL;
+ op0 = UNKNOWN;
/* ??? Slightly redundant with the above mask, but not entirely.
Moving this above means we'd have to sign-extend the mode mask
}
\f
/* Simplify a shift of VAROP by COUNT bits. CODE says what kind of shift.
- The result of the shift is RESULT_MODE. X, if nonzero, is an expression
- that we started with.
+ The result of the shift is RESULT_MODE. Return NULL_RTX if we cannot
+ simplify it. Otherwise, return a simplified value.
The shift is normally computed in the widest mode we find in VAROP, as
long as it isn't a different number of words than RESULT_MODE. Exceptions
- are ASHIFTRT and ROTATE, which are always done in their original mode, */
+ are ASHIFTRT and ROTATE, which are always done in their original mode. */
static rtx
-simplify_shift_const (rtx x, enum rtx_code code,
- enum machine_mode result_mode, rtx varop,
- int orig_count)
+simplify_shift_const_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode result_mode,
+ rtx varop, int orig_count)
{
enum rtx_code orig_code = code;
- unsigned int count;
- int signed_count;
+ rtx orig_varop = varop;
+ int count;
enum machine_mode mode = result_mode;
enum machine_mode shift_mode, tmode;
unsigned int mode_words
= (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
/* We form (outer_op (code varop count) (outer_const)). */
- enum rtx_code outer_op = NIL;
+ enum rtx_code outer_op = UNKNOWN;
HOST_WIDE_INT outer_const = 0;
- rtx const_rtx;
int complement_p = 0;
- rtx new;
+ rtx new, x;
/* Make sure and truncate the "natural" shift on the way in. We don't
want to do this inside the loop as it makes it more difficult to
combine shifts. */
-#ifdef SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED)
orig_count &= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1;
-#endif
/* If we were given an invalid count, don't do anything except exactly
what was requested. */
if (orig_count < 0 || orig_count >= (int) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
- {
- if (x)
- return x;
-
- return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, varop, GEN_INT (orig_count));
- }
+ return NULL_RTX;
count = orig_count;
while (count != 0)
{
- /* If we have an operand of (clobber (const_int 0)), just return that
- value. */
+ /* If we have an operand of (clobber (const_int 0)), fail. */
if (GET_CODE (varop) == CLOBBER)
- return varop;
+ return NULL_RTX;
/* If we discovered we had to complement VAROP, leave. Making a NOT
here would cause an infinite loop. */
multiple operations, each of which are defined, we know what the
result is supposed to be. */
- if (count > (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (shift_mode) - 1))
+ if (count > (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (shift_mode) - 1))
{
if (code == ASHIFTRT)
count = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (shift_mode) - 1;
== 0))
code = LSHIFTRT;
- if (code == LSHIFTRT
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (shift_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && !(nonzero_bits (varop, shift_mode) >> count))
- varop = const0_rtx;
- if (code == ASHIFT
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (shift_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && !((nonzero_bits (varop, shift_mode) << count)
- & GET_MODE_MASK (shift_mode)))
+ if (((code == LSHIFTRT
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (shift_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ && !(nonzero_bits (varop, shift_mode) >> count))
+ || (code == ASHIFT
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (shift_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ && !((nonzero_bits (varop, shift_mode) << count)
+ & GET_MODE_MASK (shift_mode))))
+ && !side_effects_p (varop))
varop = const0_rtx;
switch (GET_CODE (varop))
}
break;
- case MEM:
- /* If we have (xshiftrt (mem ...) C) and C is MODE_WIDTH
- minus the width of a smaller mode, we can do this with a
- SIGN_EXTEND or ZERO_EXTEND from the narrower memory location. */
- if ((code == ASHIFTRT || code == LSHIFTRT)
- && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (varop, 0))
- && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (varop)
- && (tmode = mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - count,
- MODE_INT, 1)) != BLKmode)
- {
- new = adjust_address_nv (varop, tmode,
- BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? 0
- : count / BITS_PER_UNIT);
-
- varop = gen_rtx_fmt_e (code == ASHIFTRT ? SIGN_EXTEND
- : ZERO_EXTEND, mode, new);
- count = 0;
- continue;
- }
- break;
-
- case USE:
- /* Similar to the case above, except that we can only do this if
- the resulting mode is the same as that of the underlying
- MEM and adjust the address depending on the *bits* endianness
- because of the way that bit-field extract insns are defined. */
+ case MEM:
+ /* If we have (xshiftrt (mem ...) C) and C is MODE_WIDTH
+ minus the width of a smaller mode, we can do this with a
+ SIGN_EXTEND or ZERO_EXTEND from the narrower memory location. */
if ((code == ASHIFTRT || code == LSHIFTRT)
+ && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (varop, 0))
+ && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (varop)
&& (tmode = mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - count,
- MODE_INT, 1)) != BLKmode
- && tmode == GET_MODE (XEXP (varop, 0)))
+ MODE_INT, 1)) != BLKmode)
{
- if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
- new = XEXP (varop, 0);
- else
- {
- new = copy_rtx (XEXP (varop, 0));
- SUBST (XEXP (new, 0),
- plus_constant (XEXP (new, 0),
- count / BITS_PER_UNIT));
- }
+ new = adjust_address_nv (varop, tmode,
+ BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? 0
+ : count / BITS_PER_UNIT);
varop = gen_rtx_fmt_e (code == ASHIFTRT ? SIGN_EXTEND
: ZERO_EXTEND, mode, new);
&& exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1))) >= 0)
{
varop
- = gen_binary (ASHIFT, GET_MODE (varop), XEXP (varop, 0),
- GEN_INT (exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1)))));
+ = simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, GET_MODE (varop),
+ XEXP (varop, 0),
+ GEN_INT (exact_log2 (
+ INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1)))));
continue;
}
break;
&& exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1))) >= 0)
{
varop
- = gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (varop), XEXP (varop, 0),
- GEN_INT (exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1)))));
+ = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, GET_MODE (varop),
+ XEXP (varop, 0),
+ GEN_INT (exact_log2 (
+ INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1)))));
continue;
}
break;
interpreted as the sign bit in a narrower mode, so, if
the result is narrower, don't discard the shift. */
if (code == LSHIFTRT
- && count == (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1)
+ && count == (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1)
&& (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode)
>= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (varop))))
{
&& INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1)) >= 0
&& INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (varop))
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ && !VECTOR_MODE_P (result_mode))
{
enum rtx_code first_code = GET_CODE (varop);
unsigned int first_count = INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1));
(ashiftrt:M1 (ashift:M1 (and:M1 (subreg:M1 FOO 0 C2) C3) C1).
This simplifies certain SIGN_EXTEND operations. */
if (code == ASHIFT && first_code == ASHIFTRT
- && count == (unsigned int)
- (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode)
+ && count == (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode)
- GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (varop))))
{
/* C3 has the low-order C1 bits zero. */
> first_count))
{
varop = XEXP (varop, 0);
-
- signed_count = count - first_count;
- if (signed_count < 0)
- count = -signed_count, code = ASHIFT;
- else
- count = signed_count;
+ count -= first_count;
+ if (count < 0)
+ {
+ count = -count;
+ code = ASHIFT;
+ }
continue;
}
mask_rtx = GEN_INT (nonzero_bits (varop, GET_MODE (varop)));
mask_rtx
- = simplify_binary_operation (code, result_mode, mask_rtx,
- GEN_INT (count));
+ = simplify_const_binary_operation (code, result_mode, mask_rtx,
+ GEN_INT (count));
/* Give up if we can't compute an outer operation to use. */
if (mask_rtx == 0
/* If the shifts are in the same direction, we add the
counts. Otherwise, we subtract them. */
- signed_count = count;
if ((code == ASHIFTRT || code == LSHIFTRT)
== (first_code == ASHIFTRT || first_code == LSHIFTRT))
- signed_count += first_count;
+ count += first_count;
else
- signed_count -= first_count;
+ count -= first_count;
/* If COUNT is positive, the new shift is usually CODE,
except for the two exceptions below, in which case it is
FIRST_CODE. If the count is negative, FIRST_CODE should
always be used */
- if (signed_count > 0
+ if (count > 0
&& ((first_code == ROTATE && code == ASHIFT)
|| (first_code == ASHIFTRT && code == LSHIFTRT)))
- code = first_code, count = signed_count;
- else if (signed_count < 0)
- code = first_code, count = -signed_count;
- else
- count = signed_count;
+ code = first_code;
+ else if (count < 0)
+ code = first_code, count = -count;
varop = XEXP (varop, 0);
continue;
B is not a constant. */
else if (GET_CODE (varop) == code
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (varop, 1)) != CONST_INT
- && 0 != (new
- = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode,
- XEXP (varop, 0),
- GEN_INT (count))))
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (varop, 0)) == CONST_INT
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (varop, 1)) != CONST_INT)
{
+ rtx new = simplify_const_binary_operation (code, mode,
+ XEXP (varop, 0),
+ GEN_INT (count));
varop = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, new, XEXP (varop, 1));
count = 0;
continue;
&& XEXP (XEXP (varop, 0), 1) == constm1_rtx
&& (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1 || STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
&& (code == LSHIFTRT || code == ASHIFTRT)
- && count == (unsigned int)
- (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (varop)) - 1)
+ && count == (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (varop)) - 1)
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (varop, 0), 0), XEXP (varop, 1)))
{
count = 0;
(and (shift)) insns. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varop, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && (new = simplify_binary_operation (code, result_mode,
- XEXP (varop, 1),
- GEN_INT (count))) != 0
+ /* We can't do this if we have (ashiftrt (xor)) and the
+ constant has its sign bit set in shift_mode. */
+ && !(code == ASHIFTRT && GET_CODE (varop) == XOR
+ && 0 > trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1)),
+ shift_mode))
+ && (new = simplify_const_binary_operation (code, result_mode,
+ XEXP (varop, 1),
+ GEN_INT (count))) != 0
&& GET_CODE (new) == CONST_INT
&& merge_outer_ops (&outer_op, &outer_const, GET_CODE (varop),
INTVAL (new), result_mode, &complement_p))
/* If we can't do that, try to simplify the shift in each arm of the
logical expression, make a new logical expression, and apply
- the inverse distributive law. */
- {
- rtx lhs = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, code, shift_mode,
- XEXP (varop, 0), count);
- rtx rhs = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, code, shift_mode,
- XEXP (varop, 1), count);
+ the inverse distributive law. This also can't be done
+ for some (ashiftrt (xor)). */
+ if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varop, 1)) == CONST_INT
+ && !(code == ASHIFTRT && GET_CODE (varop) == XOR
+ && 0 > trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (XEXP (varop, 1)),
+ shift_mode)))
+ {
+ rtx lhs = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, code, shift_mode,
+ XEXP (varop, 0), count);
+ rtx rhs = simplify_shift_const (NULL_RTX, code, shift_mode,
+ XEXP (varop, 1), count);
- varop = gen_binary (GET_CODE (varop), shift_mode, lhs, rhs);
- varop = apply_distributive_law (varop);
+ varop = simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (varop), shift_mode,
+ lhs, rhs);
+ varop = apply_distributive_law (varop);
- count = 0;
- }
+ count = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
break;
case EQ:
- /* convert (lshiftrt (eq FOO 0) C) to (xor FOO 1) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE
+ /* Convert (lshiftrt (eq FOO 0) C) to (xor FOO 1) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE
says that the sign bit can be tested, FOO has mode MODE, C is
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (MODE) - 1, and FOO has only its low-order bit
that may be nonzero. */
if (code == LSHIFTRT
&& XEXP (varop, 1) == const0_rtx
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (varop, 0)) == result_mode
- && count == (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1)
+ && count == (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1)
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE
- & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
- < (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1))))
+ && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
&& nonzero_bits (XEXP (varop, 0), result_mode) == 1
&& merge_outer_ops (&outer_op, &outer_const, XOR,
(HOST_WIDE_INT) 1, result_mode,
/* (lshiftrt (neg A) C) where A is either 0 or 1 and C is one less
than the number of bits in the mode is equivalent to A. */
if (code == LSHIFTRT
- && count == (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1)
+ && count == (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1)
&& nonzero_bits (XEXP (varop, 0), result_mode) == 1)
{
varop = XEXP (varop, 0);
is one less than the number of bits in the mode is
equivalent to (xor A 1). */
if (code == LSHIFTRT
- && count == (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1)
+ && count == (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) - 1)
&& XEXP (varop, 1) == constm1_rtx
&& nonzero_bits (XEXP (varop, 0), result_mode) == 1
&& merge_outer_ops (&outer_op, &outer_const, XOR,
/* (ashift (plus foo C) N) is (plus (ashift foo N) C'). */
if (code == ASHIFT
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (varop, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && (new = simplify_binary_operation (ASHIFT, result_mode,
- XEXP (varop, 1),
- GEN_INT (count))) != 0
+ && (new = simplify_const_binary_operation (ASHIFT, result_mode,
+ XEXP (varop, 1),
+ GEN_INT (count))) != 0
&& GET_CODE (new) == CONST_INT
&& merge_outer_ops (&outer_op, &outer_const, PLUS,
INTVAL (new), result_mode, &complement_p))
varop = XEXP (varop, 0);
continue;
}
+
+ /* Check for 'PLUS signbit', which is the canonical form of 'XOR
+ signbit', and attempt to change the PLUS to an XOR and move it to
+ the outer operation as is done above in the AND/IOR/XOR case
+ leg for shift(logical). See details in logical handling above
+ for reasoning in doing so. */
+ if (code == LSHIFTRT
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (varop, 1)) == CONST_INT
+ && mode_signbit_p (result_mode, XEXP (varop, 1))
+ && (new = simplify_const_binary_operation (code, result_mode,
+ XEXP (varop, 1),
+ GEN_INT (count))) != 0
+ && GET_CODE (new) == CONST_INT
+ && merge_outer_ops (&outer_op, &outer_const, XOR,
+ INTVAL (new), result_mode, &complement_p))
+ {
+ varop = XEXP (varop, 0);
+ continue;
+ }
+
break;
case MINUS:
if ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1 || STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (varop, 0)) == ASHIFTRT
- && count == (unsigned int)
- (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (varop)) - 1)
+ && count == (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (varop)) - 1)
&& (code == LSHIFTRT || code == ASHIFTRT)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (varop, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (varop, 0), 1))
- == count
+ && INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (varop, 0), 1)) == count
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (varop, 0), 0), XEXP (varop, 1)))
{
count = 0;
/* We have now finished analyzing the shift. The result should be
a shift of type CODE with SHIFT_MODE shifting VAROP COUNT places. If
- OUTER_OP is non-NIL, it is an operation that needs to be applied
+ OUTER_OP is non-UNKNOWN, it is an operation that needs to be applied
to the result of the shift. OUTER_CONST is the relevant constant,
- but we must turn off all bits turned off in the shift.
-
- If we were passed a value for X, see if we can use any pieces of
- it. If not, make new rtx. */
+ but we must turn off all bits turned off in the shift. */
- if (x && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '2'
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == count)
- const_rtx = XEXP (x, 1);
- else
- const_rtx = GEN_INT (count);
-
- if (x && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
- && GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == shift_mode
- && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)) == varop)
- varop = XEXP (x, 0);
- else if (GET_MODE (varop) != shift_mode)
- varop = gen_lowpart_for_combine (shift_mode, varop);
-
- /* If we can't make the SUBREG, try to return what we were given. */
- if (GET_CODE (varop) == CLOBBER)
- return x ? x : varop;
+ if (outer_op == UNKNOWN
+ && orig_code == code && orig_count == count
+ && varop == orig_varop
+ && shift_mode == GET_MODE (varop))
+ return NULL_RTX;
- new = simplify_binary_operation (code, shift_mode, varop, const_rtx);
- if (new != 0)
- x = new;
- else
- x = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, shift_mode, varop, const_rtx);
+ /* Make a SUBREG if necessary. If we can't make it, fail. */
+ varop = gen_lowpart (shift_mode, varop);
+ if (varop == NULL_RTX || GET_CODE (varop) == CLOBBER)
+ return NULL_RTX;
/* If we have an outer operation and we just made a shift, it is
possible that we could have simplified the shift were it not
for the outer operation. So try to do the simplification
recursively. */
- if (outer_op != NIL && GET_CODE (x) == code
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
- x = simplify_shift_const (x, code, shift_mode, XEXP (x, 0),
- INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
+ if (outer_op != UNKNOWN)
+ x = simplify_shift_const_1 (code, shift_mode, varop, count);
+ else
+ x = NULL_RTX;
+
+ if (x == NULL_RTX)
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (code, shift_mode, varop, GEN_INT (count));
/* If we were doing an LSHIFTRT in a wider mode than it was originally,
turn off all the bits that the shift would have turned off. */
GET_MODE_MASK (result_mode) >> orig_count);
/* Do the remainder of the processing in RESULT_MODE. */
- x = gen_lowpart_for_combine (result_mode, x);
+ x = gen_lowpart_or_truncate (result_mode, x);
/* If COMPLEMENT_P is set, we have to complement X before doing the outer
operation. */
if (complement_p)
x = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, result_mode, x, result_mode);
- if (outer_op != NIL)
+ if (outer_op != UNKNOWN)
{
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (result_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
outer_const = trunc_int_for_mode (outer_const, result_mode);
if (outer_op == AND)
x = simplify_and_const_int (NULL_RTX, result_mode, x, outer_const);
else if (outer_op == SET)
- /* This means that we have determined that the result is
- equivalent to a constant. This should be rare. */
- x = GEN_INT (outer_const);
- else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (outer_op) == '1')
+ {
+ /* This means that we have determined that the result is
+ equivalent to a constant. This should be rare. */
+ if (!side_effects_p (x))
+ x = GEN_INT (outer_const);
+ }
+ else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (outer_op) == RTX_UNARY)
x = simplify_gen_unary (outer_op, result_mode, x, result_mode);
else
- x = gen_binary (outer_op, result_mode, x, GEN_INT (outer_const));
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (outer_op, result_mode, x,
+ GEN_INT (outer_const));
}
return x;
}
+
+/* Simplify a shift of VAROP by COUNT bits. CODE says what kind of shift.
+ The result of the shift is RESULT_MODE. If we cannot simplify it,
+ return X or, if it is NULL, synthesize the expression with
+ simplify_gen_binary. Otherwise, return a simplified value.
+
+ The shift is normally computed in the widest mode we find in VAROP, as
+ long as it isn't a different number of words than RESULT_MODE. Exceptions
+ are ASHIFTRT and ROTATE, which are always done in their original mode. */
+
+static rtx
+simplify_shift_const (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode result_mode,
+ rtx varop, int count)
+{
+ rtx tem = simplify_shift_const_1 (code, result_mode, varop, count);
+ if (tem)
+ return tem;
+
+ if (!x)
+ x = simplify_gen_binary (code, GET_MODE (varop), varop, GEN_INT (count));
+ if (GET_MODE (x) != result_mode)
+ x = gen_lowpart (result_mode, x);
+ return x;
+}
+
\f
/* Like recog, but we receive the address of a pointer to a new pattern.
We try to match the rtx that the pointer points to.
int num_clobbers_to_add = 0;
int i;
rtx notes = 0;
- rtx dummy_insn;
+ rtx old_notes, old_pat;
/* If PAT is a PARALLEL, check to see if it contains the CLOBBER
we use to indicate that something didn't match. If we find such a
&& XEXP (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i), 0) == const0_rtx)
return -1;
- /* *pnewpat does not have to be actual PATTERN (insn), so make a dummy
- instruction for pattern recognition. */
- dummy_insn = shallow_copy_rtx (insn);
- PATTERN (dummy_insn) = pat;
- REG_NOTES (dummy_insn) = 0;
+ old_pat = PATTERN (insn);
+ old_notes = REG_NOTES (insn);
+ PATTERN (insn) = pat;
+ REG_NOTES (insn) = 0;
- insn_code_number = recog (pat, dummy_insn, &num_clobbers_to_add);
+ insn_code_number = recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers_to_add);
/* If it isn't, there is the possibility that we previously had an insn
that clobbered some register as a side effect, but the combined
if (pos == 1)
pat = XVECEXP (pat, 0, 0);
- PATTERN (dummy_insn) = pat;
- insn_code_number = recog (pat, dummy_insn, &num_clobbers_to_add);
+ PATTERN (insn) = pat;
+ insn_code_number = recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers_to_add);
}
+ PATTERN (insn) = old_pat;
+ REG_NOTES (insn) = old_notes;
/* Recognize all noop sets, these will be killed by followup pass. */
if (insn_code_number < 0 && GET_CODE (pat) == SET && set_noop_p (pat))
for (i = XVECLEN (newpat, 0) - num_clobbers_to_add;
i < XVECLEN (newpat, 0); i++)
{
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, i), 0)) == REG
+ if (REG_P (XEXP (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, i), 0))
&& ! reg_dead_at_p (XEXP (XVECEXP (newpat, 0, i), 0), insn))
return -1;
notes = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_UNUSED,
return insn_code_number;
}
\f
-/* Like gen_lowpart but for use by combine. In combine it is not possible
- to create any new pseudoregs. However, it is safe to create
- invalid memory addresses, because combine will try to recognize
- them and all they will do is make the combine attempt fail.
+/* Like gen_lowpart_general but for use by combine. In combine it
+ is not possible to create any new pseudoregs. However, it is
+ safe to create invalid memory addresses, because combine will
+ try to recognize them and all they will do is make the combine
+ attempt fail.
If for some reason this cannot do its job, an rtx
(clobber (const_int 0)) is returned.
An insn containing that will not be recognized. */
-#undef gen_lowpart
-
static rtx
-gen_lowpart_for_combine (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
+gen_lowpart_for_combine (enum machine_mode omode, rtx x)
{
+ enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (x);
+ unsigned int osize = GET_MODE_SIZE (omode);
+ unsigned int isize = GET_MODE_SIZE (imode);
rtx result;
- if (GET_MODE (x) == mode)
+ if (omode == imode)
return x;
- /* Return identity if this is a CONST or symbolic
- reference. */
- if (mode == Pmode
+ /* Return identity if this is a CONST or symbolic reference. */
+ if (omode == Pmode
&& (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
|| GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
|| GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF))
/* We can only support MODE being wider than a word if X is a
constant integer or has a mode the same size. */
-
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
- && ! ((GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (omode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
+ && ! ((imode == VOIDmode
&& (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
|| GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE))
- || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)))
- return gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (x), const0_rtx);
+ || isize == osize))
+ goto fail;
/* X might be a paradoxical (subreg (mem)). In that case, gen_lowpart
won't know what to do. So we will strip off the SUBREG here and
process normally. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == MEM)
+ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (x)))
{
x = SUBREG_REG (x);
- if (GET_MODE (x) == mode)
+
+ /* For use in case we fall down into the address adjustments
+ further below, we need to adjust the known mode and size of
+ x; imode and isize, since we just adjusted x. */
+ imode = GET_MODE (x);
+
+ if (imode == omode)
return x;
+
+ isize = GET_MODE_SIZE (imode);
}
- result = gen_lowpart_common (mode, x);
+ result = gen_lowpart_common (omode, x);
+
#ifdef CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
- if (result != 0
- && GET_CODE (result) == SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (result)) == REG
- && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (result)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- bitmap_set_bit (&subregs_of_mode, REGNO (SUBREG_REG (result))
- * MAX_MACHINE_MODE
- + GET_MODE (result));
+ if (result != 0 && GET_CODE (result) == SUBREG)
+ record_subregs_of_mode (result);
#endif
if (result)
return result;
- if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
+ if (MEM_P (x))
{
int offset = 0;
/* Refuse to work on a volatile memory ref or one with a mode-dependent
address. */
if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) || mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (x, 0)))
- return gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (x), const0_rtx);
+ goto fail;
/* If we want to refer to something bigger than the original memref,
- generate a perverse subreg instead. That will force a reload
+ generate a paradoxical subreg instead. That will force a reload
of the original memref X. */
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
- return gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, x, 0);
+ if (isize < osize)
+ return gen_rtx_SUBREG (omode, x, 0);
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
- offset = (MAX (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)), UNITS_PER_WORD)
- - MAX (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), UNITS_PER_WORD));
+ offset = MAX (isize, UNITS_PER_WORD) - MAX (osize, UNITS_PER_WORD);
+ /* Adjust the address so that the address-after-the-data is
+ unchanged. */
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
- {
- /* Adjust the address so that the address-after-the-data is
- unchanged. */
- offset -= (MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
- - MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))));
- }
+ offset -= MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, osize) - MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, isize);
- return adjust_address_nv (x, mode, offset);
+ return adjust_address_nv (x, omode, offset);
}
/* If X is a comparison operator, rewrite it in a new mode. This
probably won't match, but may allow further simplifications. */
- else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '<')
- return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (x), mode, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
+ else if (COMPARISON_P (x))
+ return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (x), omode, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
/* If we couldn't simplify X any other way, just enclose it in a
SUBREG. Normally, this SUBREG won't match, but some patterns may
{
int offset = 0;
rtx res;
- enum machine_mode sub_mode = GET_MODE (x);
- offset = subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, sub_mode);
- if (sub_mode == VOIDmode)
+ offset = subreg_lowpart_offset (omode, imode);
+ if (imode == VOIDmode)
{
- sub_mode = int_mode_for_mode (mode);
- x = gen_lowpart_common (sub_mode, x);
- if (x == 0)
- return gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
+ imode = int_mode_for_mode (omode);
+ x = gen_lowpart_common (imode, x);
+ if (x == NULL)
+ goto fail;
}
- res = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, x, sub_mode, offset);
+ res = simplify_gen_subreg (omode, x, imode, offset);
if (res)
return res;
- return gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (x), const0_rtx);
- }
-}
-\f
-/* These routines make binary and unary operations by first seeing if they
- fold; if not, a new expression is allocated. */
-
-static rtx
-gen_binary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
-{
- rtx result;
- rtx tem;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == CLOBBER)
- return op0;
- else if (GET_CODE (op1) == CLOBBER)
- return op1;
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c'
- && swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
- tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<')
- {
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- /* Strip the COMPARE from (REL_OP (compare X Y) 0) to get
- just (REL_OP X Y). */
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE && op1 == const0_rtx)
- {
- op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
- op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
- op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
- }
-
- if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
- op_mode = GET_MODE (op1);
- result = simplify_relational_operation (code, op_mode, op0, op1);
}
- else
- result = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
-
- if (result)
- return result;
-
- /* Put complex operands first and constants second. */
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c'
- && swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
- return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op1, op0);
-
- /* If we are turning off bits already known off in OP0, we need not do
- an AND. */
- else if (code == AND && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- && (nonzero_bits (op0, mode) & ~INTVAL (op1)) == 0)
- return op0;
- return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op0, op1);
+ fail:
+ return gen_rtx_CLOBBER (imode, const0_rtx);
}
\f
/* Simplify a comparison between *POP0 and *POP1 where CODE is the
tmode != GET_MODE (op0); tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode))
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) c0 == GET_MODE_MASK (tmode))
{
- op0 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, inner_op0);
- op1 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, inner_op1);
+ op0 = gen_lowpart (tmode, inner_op0);
+ op1 = gen_lowpart (tmode, inner_op1);
code = unsigned_condition (code);
changed = 1;
break;
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
&& ! (mode == VOIDmode
- && (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op0)) == '<')))
+ && (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE || COMPARISON_P (op0))))
break;
/* Get the constant we are comparing against and turn off all bits
break;
case GEU:
- /* >= C is equivalent to < (C - 1). */
+ /* >= C is equivalent to > (C - 1). */
if (const_op > 1)
{
const_op -= 1;
op0 = force_to_mode (op0, mode,
((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
<< (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)),
- NULL_RTX, 0);
+ 0);
/* Now try cases based on the opcode of OP0. If none of the cases
does a "continue", we exit this loop immediately after the
a constant that has only a single bit set and are comparing it
with zero, we can convert this into an equality comparison
between the position and the location of the single bit. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == CONST_INT
+ /* Except we can't if SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED is set, since we might
+ have already reduced the shift count modulo the word size. */
+ if (!SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == CONST_INT
&& XEXP (op0, 1) == const1_rtx
&& equality_comparison_p && const_op == 0
&& (i = exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 0)))) >= 0)
break;
case SIGN_EXTEND:
- /* Can simplify (compare (zero/sign_extend FOO) CONST)
- to (compare FOO CONST) if CONST fits in FOO's mode and we
- are either testing inequality or have an unsigned comparison
- with ZERO_EXTEND or a signed comparison with SIGN_EXTEND. */
- if (! unsigned_comparison_p
- && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)))
- <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ /* Can simplify (compare (zero/sign_extend FOO) CONST) to
+ (compare FOO CONST) if CONST fits in FOO's mode and we
+ are either testing inequality or have an unsigned
+ comparison with ZERO_EXTEND or a signed comparison with
+ SIGN_EXTEND. But don't do it if we don't have a compare
+ insn of the given mode, since we'd have to revert it
+ later on, and then we wouldn't know whether to sign- or
+ zero-extend. */
+ mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0));
+ if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && ! unsigned_comparison_p
+ && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) const_op
< (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
- << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0))) - 1)))))
+ << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1))))
+ && cmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
{
op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
continue;
break;
case SUBREG:
- /* Check for the case where we are comparing A - C1 with C2,
- both constants are smaller than 1/2 the maximum positive
- value in MODE, and the comparison is equality or unsigned.
- In that case, if A is either zero-extended to MODE or has
- sufficient sign bits so that the high-order bit in MODE
- is a copy of the sign in the inner mode, we can prove that it is
- safe to do the operation in the wider mode. This simplifies
- many range checks. */
+ /* Check for the case where we are comparing A - C1 with C2, that is
+
+ (subreg:MODE (plus (A) (-C1))) op (C2)
+
+ with C1 a constant, and try to lift the SUBREG, i.e. to do the
+ comparison in the wider mode. One of the following two conditions
+ must be true in order for this to be valid:
+
+ 1. The mode extension results in the same bit pattern being added
+ on both sides and the comparison is equality or unsigned. As
+ C2 has been truncated to fit in MODE, the pattern can only be
+ all 0s or all 1s.
+
+ 2. The mode extension results in the sign bit being copied on
+ each side.
+
+ The difficulty here is that we have predicates for A but not for
+ (A - C1) so we need to check that C1 is within proper bounds so
+ as to perturbate A as little as possible. */
if (mode_width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op0)
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0))) > mode_width
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)) == PLUS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op0), 1)) < 0
- && (-INTVAL (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op0), 1))
- < (HOST_WIDE_INT) (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) / 2))
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) const_op < GET_MODE_MASK (mode) / 2
- && (0 == (nonzero_bits (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op0), 0),
- GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)))
- & ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
- || (num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op0), 0),
- GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)))
- > (unsigned int)
- (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)))
- - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))))
- {
- op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
- continue;
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
+ {
+ enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0));
+ rtx a = XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op0), 0);
+ HOST_WIDE_INT c1 = -INTVAL (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op0), 1));
+
+ if ((c1 > 0
+ && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) c1
+ < (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (mode_width - 1)
+ && (equality_comparison_p || unsigned_comparison_p)
+ /* (A - C1) zero-extends if it is positive and sign-extends
+ if it is negative, C2 both zero- and sign-extends. */
+ && ((0 == (nonzero_bits (a, inner_mode)
+ & ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
+ && const_op >= 0)
+ /* (A - C1) sign-extends if it is positive and 1-extends
+ if it is negative, C2 both sign- and 1-extends. */
+ || (num_sign_bit_copies (a, inner_mode)
+ > (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
+ - mode_width)
+ && const_op < 0)))
+ || ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) c1
+ < (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (mode_width - 2)
+ /* (A - C1) always sign-extends, like C2. */
+ && num_sign_bit_copies (a, inner_mode)
+ > (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
+ - (mode_width - 1))))
+ {
+ op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
+ continue;
+ }
}
/* If the inner mode is narrower and we are extracting the low part,
/* ... fall through ... */
case ZERO_EXTEND:
- if ((unsigned_comparison_p || equality_comparison_p)
- && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)))
- <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
- && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) const_op
- < GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)))))
+ mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0));
+ if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && (unsigned_comparison_p || equality_comparison_p)
+ && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) const_op < GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
+ && cmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
{
op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
continue;
case UNEQ: case LTGT:
case LT: case LTU: case UNLT: case LE: case LEU: case UNLE:
case GT: case GTU: case UNGT: case GE: case GEU: case UNGE:
- case UNORDERED: case ORDERED:
+ case UNORDERED: case ORDERED:
/* We can't do anything if OP0 is a condition code value, rather
than an actual data value. */
if (const_op != 0
if (code == LT || code == NE)
new_code = GET_CODE (op0);
else
- new_code = combine_reversed_comparison_code (op0);
+ new_code = reversed_comparison_code (op0, NULL);
if (new_code != UNKNOWN)
{
&& XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0) == const1_rtx)
{
op0 = simplify_and_const_int
- (op0, mode, gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode,
- XEXP (op0, 1),
- XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1)),
+ (NULL_RTX, mode, gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode,
+ XEXP (op0, 1),
+ XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1)),
(HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
continue;
}
mask = ((INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
<< INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1)));
if ((~STORE_FLAG_VALUE & mask) == 0
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0))) == '<'
+ && (COMPARISON_P (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0))
|| ((tem = get_last_value (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0))) != 0
- && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (tem)) == '<')))
+ && COMPARISON_P (tem))))
{
op0 = XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0);
continue;
/* If this AND operation is really a ZERO_EXTEND from a narrower
mode, the constant fits within that mode, and this is either an
equality or unsigned comparison, try to do this comparison in
- the narrower mode. */
+ the narrower mode.
+
+ Note that in:
+
+ (ne:DI (and:DI (reg:DI 4) (const_int 0xffffffff)) (const_int 0))
+ -> (ne:DI (reg:SI 4) (const_int 0))
+
+ unless TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION allows it or the register is
+ known to hold a value of the required mode the
+ transformation is invalid. */
if ((equality_comparison_p || unsigned_comparison_p)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& (i = exact_log2 ((INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1))
& GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
+ 1)) >= 0
&& const_op >> i == 0
- && (tmode = mode_for_size (i, MODE_INT, 1)) != BLKmode)
+ && (tmode = mode_for_size (i, MODE_INT, 1)) != BLKmode
+ && (TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode),
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)))
+ || (REG_P (XEXP (op0, 0))
+ && reg_truncated_to_mode (tmode, XEXP (op0, 0)))))
{
- op0 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, XEXP (op0, 0));
+ op0 = gen_lowpart (tmode, XEXP (op0, 0));
continue;
}
&& c1 != mask
&& c1 != GET_MODE_MASK (tmode))
{
- op0 = gen_binary (AND, tmode,
- SUBREG_REG (XEXP (op0, 0)),
- gen_int_mode (c1, tmode));
- op0 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (mode, op0);
+ op0 = simplify_gen_binary (AND, tmode,
+ SUBREG_REG (XEXP (op0, 0)),
+ gen_int_mode (c1, tmode));
+ op0 = gen_lowpart (mode, op0);
continue;
}
}
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == NOT)
{
op0 = simplify_and_const_int
- (op0, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
+ (NULL_RTX, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
code = (code == NE ? EQ : NE);
continue;
}
/* Convert (ne (and (lshiftrt (not X)) 1) 0) to
- (eq (and (lshiftrt X) 1) 0). */
+ (eq (and (lshiftrt X) 1) 0).
+ Also handle the case where (not X) is expressed using xor. */
if (const_op == 0 && equality_comparison_p
&& XEXP (op0, 1) == const1_rtx
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == LSHIFTRT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0)) == NOT)
- {
- op0 = simplify_and_const_int
- (op0, mode,
- gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode, XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), 0),
- XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1)),
- (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
- code = (code == NE ? EQ : NE);
- continue;
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == LSHIFTRT)
+ {
+ rtx shift_op = XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0);
+ rtx shift_count = XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1);
+
+ if (GET_CODE (shift_op) == NOT
+ || (GET_CODE (shift_op) == XOR
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (shift_op, 1)) == CONST_INT
+ && GET_CODE (shift_count) == CONST_INT
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ && (INTVAL (XEXP (shift_op, 1))
+ == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << INTVAL (shift_count))))
+ {
+ op0 = simplify_and_const_int
+ (NULL_RTX, mode,
+ gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode, XEXP (shift_op, 0), shift_count),
+ (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
+ code = (code == NE ? EQ : NE);
+ continue;
+ }
}
break;
+ (GET_MODE_MASK (tmode) >> 1) + 1)
<= GET_MODE_MASK (tmode)))
{
- op0 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0));
+ op0 = gen_lowpart (tmode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0));
continue;
}
{
rtx inner = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), 0);
rtx add_const = XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1);
- rtx new_const = gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, GET_MODE (op0), add_const,
- XEXP (op0, 1));
+ rtx new_const = simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, GET_MODE (op0),
+ add_const, XEXP (op0, 1));
- op0 = gen_binary (PLUS, tmode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, inner),
- new_const);
+ op0 = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, tmode,
+ gen_lowpart (tmode, inner),
+ new_const);
continue;
}
those bits.
3. SUBREG_REG (op0) is a memory and LOAD_EXTEND_OP is defined and not
- NIL. In that case we know those bits are zeros or ones. We must
+ UNKNOWN. In that case we know those bits are zeros or ones. We must
also be sure that they are the same as the upper bits of op1.
We can never remove a SUBREG for a non-equality comparison because
op1 = make_compound_operation (op1, SET);
if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG && subreg_lowpart_p (op0)
- /* Case 3 above, to sometimes allow (subreg (mem x)), isn't
- implemented. */
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)) == REG
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0))) == MODE_INT
&& (code == NE || code == EQ))
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0))
> GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0))))
{
- op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
- op1 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (op0), op1);
+ /* For paradoxical subregs, allow case 1 as above. Case 3 isn't
+ implemented. */
+ if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op0)))
+ {
+ op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
+ op1 = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (op0), op1);
+ }
}
else if ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)))
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)))
& ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) == 0)
{
- tem = gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)), op1);
+ tem = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)), op1);
if ((nonzero_bits (tem, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)))
& ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) == 0)
make a new AND in the proper mode. */
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
&& !have_insn_for (AND, mode))
- op0 = gen_binary (AND, tmode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode,
- XEXP (op0, 0)),
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode,
- XEXP (op0, 1)));
+ op0 = simplify_gen_binary (AND, tmode,
+ gen_lowpart (tmode,
+ XEXP (op0, 0)),
+ gen_lowpart (tmode,
+ XEXP (op0, 1)));
- op0 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, op0);
+ op0 = gen_lowpart (tmode, op0);
if (zero_extended && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode));
- op1 = gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, op1);
+ op1 = gen_lowpart (tmode, op1);
break;
}
if (op1 == const0_rtx && (code == LT || code == GE)
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
{
- op0 = gen_binary (AND, tmode,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (tmode, op0),
- GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
- << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)));
+ op0 = simplify_gen_binary (AND, tmode,
+ gen_lowpart (tmode, op0),
+ GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
+ << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
+ - 1)));
code = (code == LT) ? NE : EQ;
break;
}
return code;
}
\f
-/* Like jump.c' reversed_comparison_code, but use combine infrastructure for
- searching backward. */
-static enum rtx_code
-combine_reversed_comparison_code (rtx exp)
+/* Utility function for record_value_for_reg. Count number of
+ rtxs in X. */
+static int
+count_rtxs (rtx x)
{
- enum rtx_code code1 = reversed_comparison_code (exp, NULL);
- rtx x;
-
- if (code1 != UNKNOWN
- || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (exp, 0))) != MODE_CC)
- return code1;
- /* Otherwise try and find where the condition codes were last set and
- use that. */
- x = get_last_value (XEXP (exp, 0));
- if (!x || GET_CODE (x) != COMPARE)
- return UNKNOWN;
- return reversed_comparison_code_parts (GET_CODE (exp),
- XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1), NULL);
-}
+ enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
+ const char *fmt;
+ int i, ret = 1;
-/* Return comparison with reversed code of EXP and operands OP0 and OP1.
- Return NULL_RTX in case we fail to do the reversal. */
-static rtx
-reversed_comparison (rtx exp, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
-{
- enum rtx_code reversed_code = combine_reversed_comparison_code (exp);
- if (reversed_code == UNKNOWN)
- return NULL_RTX;
- else
- return gen_binary (reversed_code, mode, op0, op1);
+ if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '2'
+ || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c')
+ {
+ rtx x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
+ rtx x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
+
+ if (x0 == x1)
+ return 1 + 2 * count_rtxs (x0);
+
+ if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == '2'
+ || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == 'c')
+ && (x0 == XEXP (x1, 0) || x0 == XEXP (x1, 1)))
+ return 2 + 2 * count_rtxs (x0)
+ + count_rtxs (x == XEXP (x1, 0)
+ ? XEXP (x1, 1) : XEXP (x1, 0));
+
+ if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == '2'
+ || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == 'c')
+ && (x1 == XEXP (x0, 0) || x1 == XEXP (x0, 1)))
+ return 2 + 2 * count_rtxs (x1)
+ + count_rtxs (x == XEXP (x0, 0)
+ ? XEXP (x0, 1) : XEXP (x0, 0));
+ }
+
+ fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
+ for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (fmt[i] == 'e')
+ ret += count_rtxs (XEXP (x, i));
+
+ return ret;
}
\f
/* Utility function for following routine. Called when X is part of a value
- being stored into reg_last_set_value. Sets reg_last_set_table_tick
+ being stored into last_set_value. Sets last_set_table_tick
for each register mentioned. Similar to mention_regs in cse.c */
static void
unsigned int regno = REGNO (x);
unsigned int endregno
= regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1);
+ ? hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)] : 1);
unsigned int r;
for (r = regno; r < endregno; r++)
- reg_last_set_table_tick[r] = label_tick;
+ reg_stat[r].last_set_table_tick = label_tick;
return;
}
/* Check for identical subexpressions. If x contains
identical subexpression we only have to traverse one of
them. */
- if (i == 0
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c'))
+ if (i == 0 && ARITHMETIC_P (x))
{
/* Note that at this point x1 has already been
processed. */
/* If x0 is identical to a subexpression of x1 then while
processing x1, x0 has already been processed. Thus we
are done with x. */
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == 'c')
+ if (ARITHMETIC_P (x1)
&& (x0 == XEXP (x1, 0) || x0 == XEXP (x1, 1)))
break;
/* If x1 is identical to a subexpression of x0 then we
still have to process the rest of x0. */
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == 'c')
+ if (ARITHMETIC_P (x0)
&& (x1 == XEXP (x0, 0) || x1 == XEXP (x0, 1)))
{
update_table_tick (XEXP (x0, x1 == XEXP (x0, 0) ? 1 : 0));
/* Record that REG is set to VALUE in insn INSN. If VALUE is zero, we
are saying that the register is clobbered and we no longer know its
- value. If INSN is zero, don't update reg_last_set; this is only permitted
- with VALUE also zero and is used to invalidate the register. */
+ value. If INSN is zero, don't update reg_stat[].last_set; this is
+ only permitted with VALUE also zero and is used to invalidate the
+ register. */
static void
record_value_for_reg (rtx reg, rtx insn, rtx value)
unsigned int regno = REGNO (reg);
unsigned int endregno
= regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg)) : 1);
+ ? hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (reg)] : 1);
unsigned int i;
/* If VALUE contains REG and we have a previous value for REG, substitute
if (tem)
{
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (tem)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (tem)) == 'c')
+ if (ARITHMETIC_P (tem)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CLOBBER
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 1)) == CLOBBER)
tem = XEXP (tem, 0);
+ else if (count_occurrences (value, reg, 1) >= 2)
+ {
+ /* If there are two or more occurrences of REG in VALUE,
+ prevent the value from growing too much. */
+ if (count_rtxs (tem) > MAX_LAST_VALUE_RTL)
+ tem = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (tem), const0_rtx);
+ }
value = replace_rtx (copy_rtx (value), reg, tem);
}
for (i = regno; i < endregno; i++)
{
if (insn)
- reg_last_set[i] = insn;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set = insn;
- reg_last_set_value[i] = 0;
- reg_last_set_mode[i] = 0;
- reg_last_set_nonzero_bits[i] = 0;
- reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies[i] = 0;
- reg_last_death[i] = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_value = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_mode = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_nonzero_bits = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_sign_bit_copies = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_death = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].truncated_to_mode = 0;
}
/* Mark registers that are being referenced in this value. */
for (i = regno; i < endregno; i++)
{
- reg_last_set_label[i] = label_tick;
- if (value && reg_last_set_table_tick[i] == label_tick)
- reg_last_set_invalid[i] = 1;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_label = label_tick;
+ if (!insn || (value && reg_stat[i].last_set_table_tick == label_tick))
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_invalid = 1;
else
- reg_last_set_invalid[i] = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_invalid = 0;
}
/* The value being assigned might refer to X (like in "x++;"). In that
case, we must replace it with (clobber (const_int 0)) to prevent
infinite loops. */
if (value && ! get_last_value_validate (&value, insn,
- reg_last_set_label[regno], 0))
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_label, 0))
{
value = copy_rtx (value);
if (! get_last_value_validate (&value, insn,
- reg_last_set_label[regno], 1))
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_label, 1))
value = 0;
}
/* For the main register being modified, update the value, the mode, the
nonzero bits, and the number of sign bit copies. */
- reg_last_set_value[regno] = value;
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_value = value;
if (value)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
subst_low_cuid = INSN_CUID (insn);
- reg_last_set_mode[regno] = mode;
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_mode = mode;
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
mode = nonzero_bits_mode;
- reg_last_set_nonzero_bits[regno] = nonzero_bits (value, mode);
- reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies[regno]
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_nonzero_bits = nonzero_bits (value, mode);
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_sign_bit_copies
= num_sign_bit_copies (value, GET_MODE (reg));
}
}
if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG)
dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
+ if (!record_dead_insn)
+ {
+ if (REG_P (dest))
+ record_value_for_reg (dest, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (REG_P (dest))
{
/* If we are setting the whole register, we know its value. Otherwise
show that we don't know the value. We can handle SUBREG in
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (dest)) <= BITS_PER_WORD
&& subreg_lowpart_p (SET_DEST (setter)))
record_value_for_reg (dest, record_dead_insn,
- gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (dest),
+ gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (dest),
SET_SRC (setter)));
else
record_value_for_reg (dest, record_dead_insn, NULL_RTX);
}
- else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM
+ else if (MEM_P (dest)
/* Ignore pushes, they clobber nothing. */
&& ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
mem_last_set = INSN_CUID (record_dead_insn);
for the things done by INSN. This is the last thing done in processing
INSN in the combiner loop.
- We update reg_last_set, reg_last_set_value, reg_last_set_mode,
- reg_last_set_nonzero_bits, reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies, reg_last_death,
- and also the similar information mem_last_set (which insn most recently
- modified memory) and last_call_cuid (which insn was the most recent
- subroutine call). */
+ We update reg_stat[], in particular fields last_set, last_set_value,
+ last_set_mode, last_set_nonzero_bits, last_set_sign_bit_copies,
+ last_death, and also the similar information mem_last_set (which insn
+ most recently modified memory) and last_call_cuid (which insn was the
+ most recent subroutine call). */
static void
record_dead_and_set_regs (rtx insn)
for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
{
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEAD
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == REG)
+ && REG_P (XEXP (link, 0)))
{
unsigned int regno = REGNO (XEXP (link, 0));
unsigned int endregno
= regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (XEXP (link, 0)))
+ ? hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (XEXP (link, 0))]
: 1);
for (i = regno; i < endregno; i++)
- reg_last_death[i] = insn;
+ reg_stat[i].last_death = insn;
}
else if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC)
record_value_for_reg (XEXP (link, 0), insn, NULL_RTX);
}
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
+ if (CALL_P (insn))
{
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, i))
{
- reg_last_set_value[i] = 0;
- reg_last_set_mode[i] = 0;
- reg_last_set_nonzero_bits[i] = 0;
- reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies[i] = 0;
- reg_last_death[i] = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_value = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_mode = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_nonzero_bits = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_set_sign_bit_copies = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].last_death = 0;
+ reg_stat[i].truncated_to_mode = 0;
}
last_call_cuid = mem_last_set = INSN_CUID (insn);
- /* Don't bother recording what this insn does. It might set the
- return value register, but we can't combine into a call
- pattern anyway, so there's no point trying (and it may cause
- a crash, if e.g. we wind up asking for last_set_value of a
- SUBREG of the return value register). */
- return;
+ /* We can't combine into a call pattern. Remember, though, that
+ the return value register is set at this CUID. We could
+ still replace a register with the return value from the
+ wrong subroutine call! */
+ note_stores (PATTERN (insn), record_dead_and_set_regs_1, NULL_RTX);
}
-
- note_stores (PATTERN (insn), record_dead_and_set_regs_1, insn);
+ else
+ note_stores (PATTERN (insn), record_dead_and_set_regs_1, insn);
}
/* If a SUBREG has the promoted bit set, it is in fact a property of the
insn = XEXP (links, 0);
set = single_set (insn);
- if (! set || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) != REG
+ if (! set || !REG_P (SET_DEST (set))
|| REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) != regno
|| GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)) != GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (subreg)))
{
continue;
}
- if (reg_last_set[regno] == insn)
+ if (reg_stat[regno].last_set == insn)
{
if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (subreg) > 0)
- reg_last_set_nonzero_bits[regno] &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_nonzero_bits &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
}
- if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (SET_SRC (set)))
{
regno = REGNO (SET_SRC (set));
links = LOG_LINKS (insn);
}
}
-/* Scan X for promoted SUBREGs. For each one found,
- note what it implies to the registers used in it. */
+/* Check if X, a register, is known to contain a value already
+ truncated to MODE. In this case we can use a subreg to refer to
+ the truncated value even though in the generic case we would need
+ an explicit truncation. */
+
+static bool
+reg_truncated_to_mode (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
+{
+ enum machine_mode truncated = reg_stat[REGNO (x)].truncated_to_mode;
+
+ if (truncated == 0 || reg_stat[REGNO (x)].truncation_label != label_tick)
+ return false;
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (truncated) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
+ return true;
+ if (TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode),
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (truncated)))
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* X is a REG or a SUBREG. If X is some sort of a truncation record
+ it. For non-TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION targets we might be able to turn
+ a truncate into a subreg using this information. */
+
+static void
+record_truncated_value (rtx x)
+{
+ enum machine_mode truncated_mode;
+
+ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x)))
+ {
+ enum machine_mode original_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x));
+ truncated_mode = GET_MODE (x);
+
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (original_mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (truncated_mode))
+ return;
+
+ if (TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (truncated_mode),
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (original_mode)))
+ return;
+
+ x = SUBREG_REG (x);
+ }
+ /* ??? For hard-regs we now record everything. We might be able to
+ optimize this using last_set_mode. */
+ else if (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ truncated_mode = GET_MODE (x);
+ else
+ return;
+
+ if (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].truncated_to_mode == 0
+ || reg_stat[REGNO (x)].truncation_label < label_tick
+ || (GET_MODE_SIZE (truncated_mode)
+ < GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_stat[REGNO (x)].truncated_to_mode)))
+ {
+ reg_stat[REGNO (x)].truncated_to_mode = truncated_mode;
+ reg_stat[REGNO (x)].truncation_label = label_tick;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Scan X for promoted SUBREGs and truncated REGs. For each one
+ found, note what it implies to the registers used in it. */
static void
-check_promoted_subreg (rtx insn, rtx x)
+check_conversions (rtx insn, rtx x)
{
- if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x)
- && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG)
- record_promoted_value (insn, x);
+ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG || REG_P (x))
+ {
+ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG
+ && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x)
+ && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x)))
+ record_promoted_value (insn, x);
+
+ record_truncated_value (x);
+ }
else
{
const char *format = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
switch (format[i])
{
case 'e':
- check_promoted_subreg (insn, XEXP (x, i));
+ check_conversions (insn, XEXP (x, i));
break;
case 'V':
case 'E':
if (XVEC (x, i) != 0)
for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
- check_promoted_subreg (insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j));
+ check_conversions (insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j));
break;
}
}
int len = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x));
int i;
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
+ if (REG_P (x))
{
unsigned int regno = REGNO (x);
unsigned int endregno
= regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1);
+ ? hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)] : 1);
unsigned int j;
for (j = regno; j < endregno; j++)
- if (reg_last_set_invalid[j]
+ if (reg_stat[j].last_set_invalid
/* If this is a pseudo-register that was only set once and not
live at the beginning of the function, it is always valid. */
|| (! (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& REG_N_SETS (regno) == 1
&& (! REGNO_REG_SET_P
- (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->global_live_at_start, regno)))
- && reg_last_set_label[j] > tick))
+ (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->il.rtl->global_live_at_start,
+ regno)))
+ && reg_stat[j].last_set_label > tick))
{
if (replace)
*loc = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (x), const0_rtx);
/* If this is a memory reference, make sure that there were
no stores after it that might have clobbered the value. We don't
have alias info, so we assume any store invalidates it. */
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x)
+ else if (MEM_P (x) && !MEM_READONLY_P (x)
&& INSN_CUID (insn) <= mem_last_set)
{
if (replace)
/* Check for identical subexpressions. If x contains
identical subexpression we only have to traverse one of
them. */
- if (i == 1
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == 'c'))
+ if (i == 1 && ARITHMETIC_P (x))
{
/* Note that at this point x0 has already been checked
and found valid. */
/* If x1 is identical to a subexpression of x0 then
while checking x0, x1 has already been checked. Thus
it is valid and so as x. */
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x0)) == 'c')
+ if (ARITHMETIC_P (x0)
&& (x1 == XEXP (x0, 0) || x1 == XEXP (x0, 1)))
return 1;
/* If x0 is identical to a subexpression of x1 then x is
valid iff the rest of x1 is valid. */
- if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x1)) == 'c')
+ if (ARITHMETIC_P (x1)
&& (x0 == XEXP (x1, 0) || x0 == XEXP (x1, 1)))
return
get_last_value_validate (&XEXP (x1,
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
&& (value = get_last_value (SUBREG_REG (x))) != 0)
- return gen_lowpart_for_combine (GET_MODE (x), value);
+ return gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (x), value);
- if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
+ if (!REG_P (x))
return 0;
regno = REGNO (x);
- value = reg_last_set_value[regno];
+ value = reg_stat[regno].last_set_value;
/* If we don't have a value, or if it isn't for this basic block and
it's either a hard register, set more than once, or it's a live
block. */
if (value == 0
- || (reg_last_set_label[regno] != label_tick
+ || (reg_stat[regno].last_set_label != label_tick
&& (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|| REG_N_SETS (regno) != 1
|| (REGNO_REG_SET_P
- (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->global_live_at_start, regno)))))
+ (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->il.rtl->global_live_at_start,
+ regno)))))
return 0;
/* If the value was set in a later insn than the ones we are processing,
we can't use it even if the register was only set once. */
- if (INSN_CUID (reg_last_set[regno]) >= subst_low_cuid)
+ if (INSN_CUID (reg_stat[regno].last_set) >= subst_low_cuid)
return 0;
/* If the value has all its registers valid, return it. */
- if (get_last_value_validate (&value, reg_last_set[regno],
- reg_last_set_label[regno], 0))
+ if (get_last_value_validate (&value, reg_stat[regno].last_set,
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_label, 0))
return value;
/* Otherwise, make a copy and replace any invalid register with
(clobber (const_int 0)). If that fails for some reason, return 0. */
value = copy_rtx (value);
- if (get_last_value_validate (&value, reg_last_set[regno],
- reg_last_set_label[regno], 1))
+ if (get_last_value_validate (&value, reg_stat[regno].last_set,
+ reg_stat[regno].last_set_label, 1))
return value;
return 0;
{
unsigned int regno = REGNO (x);
unsigned endreg = regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1);
+ ? hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)] : 1);
#ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
/* Don't allow uses of the stack pointer to be moved,
return 1;
#endif
for (; regno < endreg; regno++)
- if (reg_last_set[regno]
- && INSN_CUID (reg_last_set[regno]) > from_cuid)
+ if (reg_stat[regno].last_set
+ && INSN_CUID (reg_stat[regno].last_set) > from_cuid)
return 1;
return 0;
}
{
unsigned int regno, endregno;
- if (GET_CODE (dest) != REG)
+ if (!REG_P (dest))
return;
regno = REGNO (dest);
endregno = regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (dest)) : 1);
+ ? hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (dest)] : 1);
if (reg_dead_endregno > regno && reg_dead_regno < endregno)
reg_dead_flag = (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER) ? 1 : -1;
/* Set variables for reg_dead_at_p_1. */
reg_dead_regno = REGNO (reg);
reg_dead_endregno = reg_dead_regno + (reg_dead_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg_dead_regno,
- GET_MODE (reg))
+ ? hard_regno_nregs[reg_dead_regno]
+ [GET_MODE (reg)]
: 1);
reg_dead_flag = 0;
- /* Check that reg isn't mentioned in NEWPAT_USED_REGS. */
+ /* Check that reg isn't mentioned in NEWPAT_USED_REGS. For fixed registers
+ we allow the machine description to decide whether use-and-clobber
+ patterns are OK. */
if (reg_dead_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
{
for (i = reg_dead_regno; i < reg_dead_endregno; i++)
- if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (newpat_used_regs, i))
+ if (!fixed_regs[i] && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (newpat_used_regs, i))
return 0;
}
/* Scan backwards until we find a REG_DEAD note, SET, CLOBBER, label, or
beginning of function. */
- for (; insn && GET_CODE (insn) != CODE_LABEL && GET_CODE (insn) != BARRIER;
+ for (; insn && !LABEL_P (insn) && !BARRIER_P (insn);
insn = prev_nonnote_insn (insn))
{
note_stores (PATTERN (insn), reg_dead_at_p_1, NULL);
else
{
FOR_EACH_BB (block)
- if (insn == block->head)
+ if (insn == BB_HEAD (block))
break;
if (block == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
}
for (i = reg_dead_regno; i < reg_dead_endregno; i++)
- if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (block->global_live_at_start, i))
+ if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (block->il.rtl->global_live_at_start, i))
return 0;
return 1;
case CLOBBER:
/* If we are clobbering a MEM, mark any hard registers inside the
address as used. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM)
+ if (MEM_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
mark_used_regs_combine (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
return;
|| regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
return;
- endregno = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
+ endregno = regno + hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)];
for (r = regno; r < endregno; r++)
SET_HARD_REG_BIT (newpat_used_regs, r);
}
while (GET_CODE (testreg) == SUBREG
|| GET_CODE (testreg) == ZERO_EXTRACT
- || GET_CODE (testreg) == SIGN_EXTRACT
|| GET_CODE (testreg) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
testreg = XEXP (testreg, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (testreg) == MEM)
+ if (MEM_P (testreg))
mark_used_regs_combine (XEXP (testreg, 0));
mark_used_regs_combine (SET_SRC (x));
if (code == REG)
{
unsigned int regno = REGNO (x);
- rtx where_dead = reg_last_death[regno];
+ rtx where_dead = reg_stat[regno].last_death;
rtx before_dead, after_dead;
/* Don't move the register if it gets killed in between from and to. */
rtx note = remove_death (regno, where_dead);
/* It is possible for the call above to return 0. This can occur
- when reg_last_death points to I2 or I1 that we combined with.
+ when last_death points to I2 or I1 that we combined with.
In that case make a new note.
We must also check for the case where X is a hard register
{
unsigned int deadregno = REGNO (XEXP (note, 0));
unsigned int deadend
- = (deadregno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (deadregno,
- GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))));
+ = (deadregno + hard_regno_nregs[deadregno]
+ [GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))]);
unsigned int ourend
- = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
+ = regno + hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)];
unsigned int i;
for (i = deadregno; i < deadend; i++)
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))))
&& regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- && HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) > 1)
+ && hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)] > 1)
{
unsigned int ourend
- = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
+ = regno + hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)];
unsigned int i, offset;
rtx oldnotes = 0;
if (note)
- offset = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)));
+ offset = hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))];
else
offset = 1;
For a REG (the only other possibility), the entire value is
being replaced so the old value is not used in this insn. */
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
+ if (MEM_P (dest))
move_deaths (XEXP (dest, 0), maybe_kill_insn, from_cuid,
to_insn, pnotes);
return;
if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)
target = SUBREG_REG (target);
- if (GET_CODE (target) != REG)
+ if (!REG_P (target))
return 0;
tregno = REGNO (target), regno = REGNO (x);
if (tregno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
return target == x;
- endtregno = tregno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (tregno, GET_MODE (target));
- endregno = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
+ endtregno = tregno + hard_regno_nregs[tregno][GET_MODE (target)];
+ endregno = regno + hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)];
return endregno > tregno && regno < endtregno;
}
as appropriate. I3 and I2 are the insns resulting from the combination
insns including FROM (I2 may be zero).
+ ELIM_I2 and ELIM_I1 are either zero or registers that we know will
+ not need REG_DEAD notes because they are being substituted for. This
+ saves searching in the most common cases.
+
Each note in the list is either ignored or placed on some insns, depending
on the type of note. */
static void
-distribute_notes (rtx notes, rtx from_insn, rtx i3, rtx i2)
+distribute_notes (rtx notes, rtx from_insn, rtx i3, rtx i2, rtx elim_i2,
+ rtx elim_i1)
{
rtx note, next_note;
rtx tem;
{
rtx place = 0, place2 = 0;
- /* If this NOTE references a pseudo register, ensure it references
- the latest copy of that register. */
- if (XEXP (note, 0) && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG
- && REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- XEXP (note, 0) = regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))];
-
next_note = XEXP (note, 1);
switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
{
place = i3;
break;
- case REG_VTABLE_REF:
- /* ??? Should remain with *a particular* memory load. Given the
- nature of vtable data, the last insn seems relatively safe. */
- place = i3;
+ case REG_VALUE_PROFILE:
+ /* Just get rid of this note, as it is unused later anyway. */
break;
case REG_NON_LOCAL_GOTO:
- if (GET_CODE (i3) == JUMP_INSN)
+ if (JUMP_P (i3))
place = i3;
- else if (i2 && GET_CODE (i2) == JUMP_INSN)
- place = i2;
else
- abort ();
+ {
+ gcc_assert (i2 && JUMP_P (i2));
+ place = i2;
+ }
break;
case REG_EH_REGION:
/* These notes must remain with the call or trapping instruction. */
- if (GET_CODE (i3) == CALL_INSN)
+ if (CALL_P (i3))
place = i3;
- else if (i2 && GET_CODE (i2) == CALL_INSN)
+ else if (i2 && CALL_P (i2))
place = i2;
- else if (flag_non_call_exceptions)
+ else
{
+ gcc_assert (flag_non_call_exceptions);
if (may_trap_p (i3))
place = i3;
else if (i2 && may_trap_p (i2))
can now prove that the instructions can't trap. Drop the
note in this case. */
}
- else
- abort ();
break;
case REG_NORETURN:
case REG_SETJMP:
/* These notes must remain with the call. It should not be
possible for both I2 and I3 to be a call. */
- if (GET_CODE (i3) == CALL_INSN)
+ if (CALL_P (i3))
place = i3;
- else if (i2 && GET_CODE (i2) == CALL_INSN)
- place = i2;
else
- abort ();
+ {
+ gcc_assert (i2 && CALL_P (i2));
+ place = i2;
+ }
break;
case REG_UNUSED:
if (from_insn != i3)
break;
- if (! (GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG
+ if (! (REG_P (XEXP (note, 0))
? find_regno_note (i3, REG_UNUSED, REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))
: find_reg_note (i3, REG_UNUSED, XEXP (note, 0))))
place = i3;
now dies here, so we must put a REG_DEAD note here unless there
is one already. */
else if (reg_referenced_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (i3))
- && ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG
+ && ! (REG_P (XEXP (note, 0))
? find_regno_note (i3, REG_DEAD,
REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))
: find_reg_note (i3, REG_DEAD, XEXP (note, 0))))
place = i2;
}
- /* Don't attach REG_LABEL note to a JUMP_INSN which has
- JUMP_LABEL already. Instead, decrement LABEL_NUSES. */
- if (place && GET_CODE (place) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (place))
+ /* Don't attach REG_LABEL note to a JUMP_INSN. Add
+ a JUMP_LABEL instead or decrement LABEL_NUSES. */
+ if (place && JUMP_P (place))
{
- if (JUMP_LABEL (place) != XEXP (note, 0))
- abort ();
- if (GET_CODE (JUMP_LABEL (place)) == CODE_LABEL)
- LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (place))--;
+ rtx label = JUMP_LABEL (place);
+
+ if (!label)
+ JUMP_LABEL (place) = XEXP (note, 0);
+ else
+ {
+ gcc_assert (label == XEXP (note, 0));
+ if (LABEL_P (label))
+ LABEL_NUSES (label)--;
+ }
place = 0;
}
- if (place2 && GET_CODE (place2) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (place2))
+ if (place2 && JUMP_P (place2))
{
- if (JUMP_LABEL (place2) != XEXP (note, 0))
- abort ();
- if (GET_CODE (JUMP_LABEL (place2)) == CODE_LABEL)
- LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (place2))--;
+ rtx label = JUMP_LABEL (place2);
+
+ if (!label)
+ JUMP_LABEL (place2) = XEXP (note, 0);
+ else
+ {
+ gcc_assert (label == XEXP (note, 0));
+ if (LABEL_P (label))
+ LABEL_NUSES (label)--;
+ }
place2 = 0;
}
break;
/* If the insn previously containing this note still exists,
put it back where it was. Otherwise move it to the previous
insn. Adjust the corresponding REG_LIBCALL note. */
- if (GET_CODE (from_insn) != NOTE)
+ if (!NOTE_P (from_insn))
place = from_insn;
else
{
libcall sequence, don't add the notes. */
else if (XEXP (note, 0) == from_insn)
tem = place = 0;
+ /* Don't add the dangling REG_RETVAL note. */
+ else if (! tem)
+ place = 0;
}
break;
case REG_LIBCALL:
/* This is handled similarly to REG_RETVAL. */
- if (GET_CODE (from_insn) != NOTE)
+ if (!NOTE_P (from_insn))
place = from_insn;
else
{
libcall sequence, don't add the notes. */
else if (XEXP (note, 0) == from_insn)
tem = place = 0;
+ /* Don't add the dangling REG_LIBCALL note. */
+ else if (! tem)
+ place = 0;
}
break;
case REG_DEAD:
- /* If the register is used as an input in I3, it dies there.
+ /* If we replaced the right hand side of FROM_INSN with a
+ REG_EQUAL note, the original use of the dying register
+ will not have been combined into I3 and I2. In such cases,
+ FROM_INSN is guaranteed to be the first of the combined
+ instructions, so we simply need to search back before
+ FROM_INSN for the previous use or set of this register,
+ then alter the notes there appropriately.
+
+ If the register is used as an input in I3, it dies there.
Similarly for I2, if it is nonzero and adjacent to I3.
If the register is not used as an input in either I3 or I2
use of A and put the death note there. */
if (from_insn
- && GET_CODE (from_insn) == CALL_INSN
- && find_reg_fusage (from_insn, USE, XEXP (note, 0)))
- place = from_insn;
- else if (reg_referenced_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (i3)))
- place = i3;
- else if (i2 != 0 && next_nonnote_insn (i2) == i3
- && reg_referenced_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (i2)))
- place = i2;
+ && from_insn == replaced_rhs_insn
+ && !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (XEXP (note, 0), replaced_rhs_value))
+ tem = from_insn;
+ else
+ {
+ if (from_insn
+ && CALL_P (from_insn)
+ && find_reg_fusage (from_insn, USE, XEXP (note, 0)))
+ place = from_insn;
+ else if (reg_referenced_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (i3)))
+ place = i3;
+ else if (i2 != 0 && next_nonnote_insn (i2) == i3
+ && reg_referenced_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (i2)))
+ place = i2;
+ else if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (note, 0), elim_i2)
+ || rtx_equal_p (XEXP (note, 0), elim_i1))
+ break;
+ tem = i3;
+ }
if (place == 0)
{
basic_block bb = this_basic_block;
- for (tem = PREV_INSN (i3); place == 0; tem = PREV_INSN (tem))
+ for (tem = PREV_INSN (tem); place == 0; tem = PREV_INSN (tem))
{
if (! INSN_P (tem))
{
- if (tem == bb->head)
+ if (tem == BB_HEAD (bb))
break;
continue;
}
- /* If the register is being set at TEM, see if that is all
- TEM is doing. If so, delete TEM. Otherwise, make this
- into a REG_UNUSED note instead. */
- if (reg_set_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (tem)))
+ /* If TEM is a (reaching) definition of the use to which the
+ note was attached, see if that is all TEM is doing. If so,
+ delete TEM. Otherwise, make this into a REG_UNUSED note
+ instead. Don't delete sets to global register vars. */
+ if ((!from_insn
+ || INSN_CUID (tem) < INSN_CUID (from_insn))
+ && (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
+ || !global_regs[REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))])
+ && reg_set_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (tem)))
{
rtx set = single_set (tem);
rtx inner_dest = 0;
This might delete other dead insns recursively.
First set the pattern to something that won't use
any register. */
+ rtx old_notes = REG_NOTES (tem);
PATTERN (tem) = pc_rtx;
+ REG_NOTES (tem) = NULL;
- distribute_notes (REG_NOTES (tem), tem, tem,
- NULL_RTX);
+ distribute_notes (old_notes, tem, tem, NULL_RTX,
+ NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
distribute_links (LOG_LINKS (tem));
- PUT_CODE (tem, NOTE);
- NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (tem) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
- NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (tem) = 0;
+ SET_INSN_DELETED (tem);
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
/* Delete the setter too. */
if (cc0_setter)
{
PATTERN (cc0_setter) = pc_rtx;
+ old_notes = REG_NOTES (cc0_setter);
+ REG_NOTES (cc0_setter) = NULL;
- distribute_notes (REG_NOTES (cc0_setter),
- cc0_setter, cc0_setter,
- NULL_RTX);
+ distribute_notes (old_notes, cc0_setter,
+ cc0_setter, NULL_RTX,
+ NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
distribute_links (LOG_LINKS (cc0_setter));
- PUT_CODE (cc0_setter, NOTE);
- NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (cc0_setter)
- = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
- NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (cc0_setter) = 0;
+ SET_INSN_DELETED (cc0_setter);
}
#endif
}
- /* If the register is both set and used here, put the
- REG_DEAD note here, but place a REG_UNUSED note
- here too unless there already is one. */
- else if (reg_referenced_p (XEXP (note, 0),
- PATTERN (tem)))
- {
- place = tem;
-
- if (! find_regno_note (tem, REG_UNUSED,
- REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))))
- REG_NOTES (tem)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_UNUSED, XEXP (note, 0),
- REG_NOTES (tem));
- }
else
{
PUT_REG_NOTE_KIND (note, REG_UNUSED);
/* If there isn't already a REG_UNUSED note, put one
- here. */
+ here. Do not place a REG_DEAD note, even if
+ the register is also used here; that would not
+ match the algorithm used in lifetime analysis
+ and can cause the consistency check in the
+ scheduler to fail. */
if (! find_regno_note (tem, REG_UNUSED,
REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))))
place = tem;
}
}
else if (reg_referenced_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (tem))
- || (GET_CODE (tem) == CALL_INSN
+ || (CALL_P (tem)
&& find_reg_fusage (tem, USE, XEXP (note, 0))))
{
place = tem;
break;
}
- if (tem == bb->head)
+ if (tem == BB_HEAD (bb))
break;
}
was dead, there's nothing left to do. Otherwise, we'll
need to do a global life update after combine. */
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD && place == 0
- && REGNO_REG_SET_P (bb->global_live_at_start,
+ && REGNO_REG_SET_P (bb->il.rtl->global_live_at_start,
REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))))
SET_BIT (refresh_blocks, this_basic_block->index);
}
/* If the register is set or already dead at PLACE, we needn't do
anything with this note if it is still a REG_DEAD note.
- We can here if it is set at all, not if is it totally replace,
+ We check here if it is set at all, not if is it totally replaced,
which is what `dead_or_set_p' checks, so also check for it being
set partially. */
|| reg_bitfield_target_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (place)))
{
/* Unless the register previously died in PLACE, clear
- reg_last_death. [I no longer understand why this is
+ last_death. [I no longer understand why this is
being done.] */
- if (reg_last_death[regno] != place)
- reg_last_death[regno] = 0;
+ if (reg_stat[regno].last_death != place)
+ reg_stat[regno].last_death = 0;
place = 0;
}
else
- reg_last_death[regno] = place;
+ reg_stat[regno].last_death = place;
/* If this is a death note for a hard reg that is occupying
multiple registers, ensure that we are still using all
the previous insn that used this register. */
if (place && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- && HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))) > 1)
+ && hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))] > 1)
{
unsigned int endregno
- = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
- GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)));
+ = regno + hard_regno_nregs[regno]
+ [GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))];
int all_used = 1;
unsigned int i;
not already dead or set. */
for (i = regno; i < endregno;
- i += HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, reg_raw_mode[i]))
+ i += hard_regno_nregs[i][reg_raw_mode[i]])
{
rtx piece = regno_reg_rtx[i];
basic_block bb = this_basic_block;
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, piece, NULL_RTX);
distribute_notes (new_note, place, place,
- NULL_RTX);
+ NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
}
else if (! refers_to_regno_p (i, i + 1,
PATTERN (place), 0)
{
if (! INSN_P (tem))
{
- if (tem == bb->head)
+ if (tem == BB_HEAD (bb))
{
SET_BIT (refresh_blocks,
this_basic_block->index);
default:
/* Any other notes should not be present at this point in the
compilation. */
- abort ();
+ gcc_unreachable ();
}
if (place)
}
else if ((REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD
|| REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_UNUSED)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG)
+ && REG_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))--;
if (place2)
{
if ((REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD
|| REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_UNUSED)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG)
+ && REG_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))++;
REG_NOTES (place2) = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (note),
}
\f
/* Similarly to above, distribute the LOG_LINKS that used to be present on
- I3, I2, and I1 to new locations. This is also called in one case to
- add a link pointing at I3 when I3's destination is changed. */
+ I3, I2, and I1 to new locations. This is also called to add a link
+ pointing at I3 when I3's destination is changed. */
static void
distribute_links (rtx links)
replace I3, I2, and I1 by I3 and I2. But in that case the
destination of I2 also remains unchanged. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == NOTE
+ if (NOTE_P (XEXP (link, 0))
|| (set = single_set (XEXP (link, 0))) == 0)
continue;
reg = SET_DEST (set);
while (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (reg) == ZERO_EXTRACT
- || GET_CODE (reg) == SIGN_EXTRACT
|| GET_CODE (reg) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
reg = XEXP (reg, 0);
for (insn = NEXT_INSN (XEXP (link, 0));
(insn && (this_basic_block->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
- || this_basic_block->next_bb->head != insn));
+ || BB_HEAD (this_basic_block->next_bb) != insn));
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
if (INSN_P (insn) && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (insn)))
{
place = insn;
break;
}
- else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
+ else if (CALL_P (insn)
&& find_reg_fusage (insn, USE, reg))
{
place = insn;
break;
}
+ else if (INSN_P (insn) && reg_set_p (reg, insn))
+ break;
/* If we found a place to put the link, place it there unless there
is already a link to the same insn as LINK at that point. */
}
}
\f
+/* Subroutine of unmentioned_reg_p and callback from for_each_rtx.
+ Check whether the expression pointer to by LOC is a register or
+ memory, and if so return 1 if it isn't mentioned in the rtx EXPR.
+ Otherwise return zero. */
+
+static int
+unmentioned_reg_p_1 (rtx *loc, void *expr)
+{
+ rtx x = *loc;
+
+ if (x != NULL_RTX
+ && (REG_P (x) || MEM_P (x))
+ && ! reg_mentioned_p (x, (rtx) expr))
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Check for any register or memory mentioned in EQUIV that is not
+ mentioned in EXPR. This is used to restrict EQUIV to "specializations"
+ of EXPR where some registers may have been replaced by constants. */
+
+static bool
+unmentioned_reg_p (rtx equiv, rtx expr)
+{
+ return for_each_rtx (&equiv, unmentioned_reg_p_1, expr);
+}
+\f
/* Compute INSN_CUID for INSN, which is an insn made by combine. */
static int
insn_cuid (rtx insn)
{
while (insn != 0 && INSN_UID (insn) > max_uid_cuid
- && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE)
+ && NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE)
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
- if (INSN_UID (insn) > max_uid_cuid)
- abort ();
+ gcc_assert (INSN_UID (insn) <= max_uid_cuid);
return INSN_CUID (insn);
}
void
dump_combine_stats (FILE *file)
{
- fnotice
+ fprintf
(file,
";; Combiner statistics: %d attempts, %d substitutions (%d requiring new space),\n;; %d successes.\n\n",
combine_attempts, combine_merges, combine_extras, combine_successes);
void
dump_combine_total_stats (FILE *file)
{
- fnotice
+ fprintf
(file,
"\n;; Combiner totals: %d attempts, %d substitutions (%d requiring new space),\n;; %d successes.\n",
total_attempts, total_merges, total_extras, total_successes);
}
+\f
+
+static bool
+gate_handle_combine (void)
+{
+ return (optimize > 0);
+}
+
+/* Try combining insns through substitution. */
+static unsigned int
+rest_of_handle_combine (void)
+{
+ int rebuild_jump_labels_after_combine
+ = combine_instructions (get_insns (), max_reg_num ());
+
+ /* Combining insns may have turned an indirect jump into a
+ direct jump. Rebuild the JUMP_LABEL fields of jumping
+ instructions. */
+ if (rebuild_jump_labels_after_combine)
+ {
+ timevar_push (TV_JUMP);
+ rebuild_jump_labels (get_insns ());
+ timevar_pop (TV_JUMP);
+
+ delete_dead_jumptables ();
+ cleanup_cfg (CLEANUP_EXPENSIVE | CLEANUP_UPDATE_LIFE);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+struct tree_opt_pass pass_combine =
+{
+ "combine", /* name */
+ gate_handle_combine, /* gate */
+ rest_of_handle_combine, /* execute */
+ NULL, /* sub */
+ NULL, /* next */
+ 0, /* static_pass_number */
+ TV_COMBINE, /* tv_id */
+ 0, /* properties_required */
+ 0, /* properties_provided */
+ 0, /* properties_destroyed */
+ 0, /* todo_flags_start */
+ TODO_dump_func |
+ TODO_ggc_collect, /* todo_flags_finish */
+ 'c' /* letter */
+};
+
OSDN Git Service
